10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

x Quarterly Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012

or

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from                to             

EverBank Financial Corp

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	001-35533	52-2024090
(State of incorporation)	(Commission File Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
501 Riverside Ave., Jacksonville, Florida		32202
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

904-281-6000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ¨    No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes x  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨	Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ¨  No x

As of May 15, 2012, there were 116,317,343 shares of common stock outstanding.

EverBank Financial Corp

Form 10-Q

Index

Part I - Financial Information
Item 1.	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	3
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011	3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	5
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	6
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011	7
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	8
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	44
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	80
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	80
Part II - Other Information
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	81
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	81
Item 6.	Exhibits	100

Part I. Financial Information

Item 1. Financial Statements (unaudited)

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	29,142	$	31,441
Interest-bearing deposits in banks		355,581		263,540
Total cash and cash equivalents		384,723		294,981
Investment securities:
Available for sale, at fair value		1,937,748		1,903,922
Held to maturity (fair value of $194,867 and $194,350 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)		190,642		189,518
Other investments		99,915		98,392
Total investment securities		2,228,305		2,191,832
Loans held for sale (includes $672,651 and $777,280 carried at fair value as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)		2,530,966		2,725,286
Loans and leases held for investment:
Covered by loss share or indemnification agreements		788,129		841,146
Not covered by loss share or indemnification agreements		6,535,058		5,678,135
Loans and leases held for investment, net of unearned income		7,323,187		6,519,281
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(78,254)		(77,765)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net		7,244,933		6,441,516
Equipment under operating leases, net		67,899		56,399
Mortgage servicing rights (MSR), net		462,420		489,496
Deferred income taxes, net		143,218		151,634
Premises and equipment, net		45,744		43,738
Other assets		666,613		646,796
Total Assets	$	13,774,821	$	13,041,678
Liabilities
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing	$	1,367,592	$	1,234,615
Interest-bearing		9,185,368		9,031,148
Total deposits		10,552,960		10,265,763
Other borrowings		1,706,298		1,257,879
Trust preferred securities		103,750		103,750
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		417,124		446,621
Total Liabilities		12,780,132		12,074,013
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)
Shareholders’ Equity
Series A 6% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (1,000,000 shares authorized; 0 and 186,744 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)		-		2
Series B 4% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (liquidation preference of $1,000 per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized inclusive of Series A Preferred Stock; 136,544 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011)		1		1
Common Stock, $0.01 par value (150,000,000 shares authorized; 77,994,699 and 75,094,375 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 respectively)		780		751
Additional paid-in capital		562,327		561,247
Retained earnings		520,777		513,413
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(89,196)		(107,749)
Total Shareholders’ Equity		994,689		967,665
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity	$	13,774,821	$	13,041,678

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

3

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Three Months Ended         March 31,
	2012		2011
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans and leases	$	124,778	$	122,993
Interest and dividends on investment securities		20,549		26,244
Other interest income		104		842
Total interest income		145,431		150,079
Interest Expense
Deposits		20,974		26,190
Other borrowings		8,834		10,196
Total interest expense		29,808		36,386
Net Interest Income		115,623		113,693
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses		11,355		18,030
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan and Lease Losses		104,268		95,663
Noninterest Income
Loan servicing fee income		45,556		48,876
Amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights		(44,483)		(22,788)
Net loan servicing income		1,073		26,088
Gain on sale of loans		48,177		13,477
Loan production revenue		7,437		6,407
Deposit fee income		6,239		5,160
Other lease income		8,663		6,732
Other		1,604		7,988
Total noninterest income		73,193		65,852
Noninterest Expense
Salaries, commissions and other employee benefits expense		66,590		57,373
Equipment expense		15,948		10,760
Occupancy expense		5,349		4,540
General and administrative expense		70,934		72,566
Total noninterest expense		158,821		145,239
Income before Income Taxes		18,640		16,276
Provision for Income Taxes		6,794		6,860
Net Income	$	11,846	$	9,416
Less: Net Income Allocated to Participating Preferred Stock		(5,879)		(2,407)
Net Income Allocated to Common Shareholders	$	5,967	$	7,009
Net Earnings per Common Share, Basic	$	0.08	$	0.09
Net Earnings per Common Share, Diluted	$	0.08	$	0.09

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

		Three Months Ended          March 31,
	2012			2011
Net Income	$		11,846	$	9,416
Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on Debt Securities
Reclassification of unrealized gains to earnings			-		(2,739)
Unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value			21,286		(10,172)
Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) (noncredit portion), net of accretion			-		502
Tax effect			(8,029)		4,552
Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on debt securities			13,257		(7,857)
Changes in Interest Rate Swaps for the Period:
Net unrealized gains due to changes in fair value			6,628		4,887
Reclassification of unrealized losses to earnings			1,710		2,029
Tax effect			(3,042)		(2,410)
Changes in interest rate swaps			5,296		4,506
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			18,553		(3,351)
Total Comprehensive Income	$		30,399	$	6,065

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

5

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

	Shareholders’ Equity
	Preferred Stock			Common Stock		Additional Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax		Total Equity
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	3		$	751	$	561,247		$	513,413		$	(107,749)	$	967,665
Net income		-			-		-			11,846			-		11,846
Total other comprehensive income		-			-		-			-			18,553		18,553
Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock		(2	)		28		(26	)		-			-		-
Issuance of common stock		-			1		57			-			-		58
Repurchase of common stock		-			-		(360)			-			-		(360)
Share-based grants (including income tax benefits)		-			-		1,409			-			-		1,409
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Stock		-			-		-			(4,482)			-		(4,482)
Balance, March 31, 2012	$	1		$	780	$	562,327		$	520,777		$	(89,196)	$	994,689
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	3		$	747	$	556,001		$	461,503		$	(5,056)	$	1,013,198
Net income		-			-		-			9,416			-		9,416
Total other comprehensive loss		-			-		-			-			(3,351)		(3,351)
Issuance of common stock		-			1		64			-			-		65
Repurchase of common stock		-			-		(267)			-			-		(267)
Share-based grants (including income tax benefits)		-			-		1,579			-			-		1,579
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Stock		-			-		-			(56	)		-		(56	)
Paid-in-kind dividends on Series B Preferred Stock		-			-		592			(592	)		-		-
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	3		$	748	$	557,969		$	470,271		$	(8,407)	$	1,020,584

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

6

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Operating Activities:
Net income	$	11,846	$	9,416
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Amortization of premiums on investments		2,582		1,113
Depreciation and amortization of tangible and intangible assets		8,804		4,458
Amortization of loss on settlement of interest rate swaps		1,710		2,029
Amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights		44,483		22,788
Deferred income taxes		(2,654)		11,808
Provision for loan and lease losses		11,355		18,030
Loss on other real estate owned		2,731		6,768
Share-based compensation expense		1,282		1,579
Payments for settlement of forward interest rate swaps		(3,552)		(1,281)
Other operating activities		(2,632)		2,725
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:
Loans held for sale, including proceeds from sales and repayments		79,718		595,662
Other assets		51,567		39,972
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		(14,641)		(7,665)
Net cash provided by operating activities		192,599		707,402
Investing Activities:
Investment securities available for sale:
Purchases		(138,186)		(850,784)
Proceeds from sales		-		60,961
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities		123,477		162,292
Investment securities held to maturity:
Purchases		(7,965)		-
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities		6,705		-
Purchases of other investments		(1,547)		(10,219)
Decrease (increase) in loans held for investment, net of discount accretion, premium amortization and principal repayments		(830,144)		(544,163)
Purchases of premises and equipment, including equipment under operating leases		(20,659)		(8,998)
Proceeds related to sale or settlement of real estate owned		9,024		16,437
Proceeds from insured foreclosure claims		28,037		55,694
Other investing activities		(1,463)		(524)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(832,721)		(1,119,304)
Financing Activities:
Net increase (decrease) in nonmaturity deposits		190,742		(29,536)
Net increase in time deposits		95,036		31,971
Increase (decrease) in short-term Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances		35,000		(100,000)
Proceeds from long-term FHLB advances		500,000		6,158
Repayments of long-term FHLB advances, including early extinguishment		(86,200)		(10,004)
Other financing activities		(4,714)		(5,878)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		729,864		(107,289)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents		89,742		(519,191)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Beginning of period		294,981		1,169,221
End of period	$	384,723	$	650,030
Supplemental Schedules of Noncash Investing Activities:
Loans transferred to foreclosure claims from loans held for investment	$	13,906	$	62,704
Loans transferred to foreclosure claims from loans held for sale		68,591		5,746

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

7

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1.  Organization and Basis of Presentation

a) Organization — EverBank Financial Corp (the Company) is a thrift holding company with one direct subsidiary, EverBank (EB). EB is a federally chartered thrift institution with its home office located in Jacksonville, Florida. In addition, its direct banking services are offered nationwide. EB operates 14 financial centers in Florida. EB (a) accepts deposits from the general public; (b) originates, purchases, services and sells residential real estate mortgage loans; (c) originates, services, and sells commercial real estate loans; (d) originates consumer, home equity, and commercial loans and leases; and (e) offers full-service securities brokerage and investment advisory services.

EB’s subsidiaries are:

— AMC Holding, Inc., the parent of CustomerOne Financial Network, Inc.;

— Tygris Commercial Finance Group (TCFG);

— EverInsurance, Inc.;

— Elite Lender Services, Inc.; and

— EverBank Wealth Management (EWM).

On January 31, 2012, as part of a tax-free reorganization, the assets, liabilities and business activities of EWM were transferred to EB.

b) Reincorporation — In September 2010, EverBank Financial Corp, a Florida corporation, or EverBank Florida, formed EverBank Financial Corp, a Delaware corporation, or EverBank Delaware. Subsequent to its formation, EverBank Delaware held no assets and had no subsidiaries having never engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. In May 2012, EverBank Delaware completed an initial public offering with its common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange LLC (NYSE) under the symbol “EVER”. Immediately preceding the consummation of that offering, EverBank Florida merged with and into EverBank Delaware, with EverBank Delaware continuing as the surviving corporation and succeeding to all of the assets, liabilities and business of EverBank Florida. The merger resulted in the following:

— All of the outstanding shares of common stock of EverBank Florida were converted into approximately 77,994,699 shares of EverBank Delaware common stock;

— All of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock were converted into 15,964,644 shares of EverBank Delaware common stock;

— The reincorporation of EverBank Florida in Delaware results in the Company now being governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Reincorporation of EverBank Florida in Delaware did not result in any change of the business, management, fiscal year, assets, liabilities or location of the principal facilities of the Company.

c) Basis of Presentation — The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all information or footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and note disclosures as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, which are included in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In management’s opinion, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and changes in cash flows have been made.

8

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

GAAP requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts and disclosures of contingencies in the consolidated financial statements. Estimates by their nature are based on judgment and available information. Material estimates relate to the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses, loans and leases acquired with evidence of credit deterioration, repurchase obligations, lease residuals, contingent liabilities, and the fair values of investment securities, loans held for sale, MSR, share-based compensation and derivative instruments. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

2.  Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Updates to Significant Accounting Policies

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements — In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (Topic 820)—Fair Value Measurement, to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for the first quarter of 2012 and should be applied prospectively. Adoption of this standard resulted in additional disclosures as presented in Note 12 but did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income — In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income, to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 is effective for the first quarter of 2012 and should be applied retrospectively. Adoption of this standard resulted in the presentation of Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income separate from the statement of shareholders’ equity but did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12,Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)- Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, to allow time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. Adoption of this ASU will not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or results of operations since it reinstates the presentation requirements before ASU 2011-05 was issued.

Updates to Significant Accounting Policies

There have been no material changes to our significant accounting policies as compared to the significant accounting policies described in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1.

9

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

3.  Investment Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities with gross unrealized gains and losses were as follows as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Carrying Amount
March 31, 2012
Available for sale:
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO) securities - agency	$	80	$	7	$	-	$	87	$	87
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		1,931,621		22,276		24,103		1,929,794		1,929,794
Residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS) - agency		291		17		-		308		308
Asset-backed securities (ABS)		10,556		-		3,211		7,345		7,345
Equity securities		77		137		-		214		214
		1,942,625		22,437		27,314		1,937,748		1,937,748
Held to maturity:
Residential CMO securities - agency		151,919		5,275		-		157,194		151,919
Residential MBS - agency		28,263		1,427		67		29,623		28,263
Corporate securities		10,460		-		2,410		8,050		10,460
		190,642		6,702		2,477		194,867		190,642
	$	2,133,267	$	29,139	$	29,791	$	2,132,615	$	2,128,390
December 31, 2011
Available for sale:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	96	$	8	$	-	$	104	$	104
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		1,919,046		17,609		40,837		1,895,818		1,895,818
Residential MBS agency		317		21		-		338		338
Asset-backed securities (ABS)		10,573		-		3,096		7,477		7,477
Equity securities		77		108		-		185		185
		1,930,109		17,746		43,933		1,903,922		1,903,922
Held to maturity:
Residential CMO securities - agency		159,882		6,029		78		165,833		159,882
Residential MBS - agency		19,132		1,464		-		20,596		19,132
Corporate securities		10,504		-		2,583		7,921		10,504
		189,518		7,493		2,661		194,350		189,518
	$	2,119,627	$	25,239	$	46,594	$	2,098,272	$	2,093,440

10

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, investment securities with a carrying value of $515,483 and $543,705, respectively, were pledged to secure other borrowings, public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were neither gross gains nor gross losses realized on available for sale investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, gross gains of $2,739 and zero losses were realized on available for sale investments in other noninterest income. The cost of investments sold is calculated using the specific identification method.

The gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and the length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

													Other-Than- Temporary Impairment
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or Greater				Total				(OTTI)
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Realized Losses
March 31, 2012
Debt securities:
Residential CMO securities - nonagency	$	526,918	$	9,054	$	266,131	$	15,049	$	793,049	$	24,103	$	-
Residential MBS - agency		10,333		67		-		-		10,333		67		-
Asset-backed securities		-		-		7,345		3,211		7,345		3,211		-
Corporate securities		-		-		8,050		2,410		8,050		2,410		-
Total debt securities	$	537,251	$	9,121	$	281,526	$	20,670	$	818,777	$	29,791	$	-
December 31, 2011
Debt securities:
Residential CMO securities - nonagency	$	573,928	$	16,646	$	226,507	$	24,191	$	800,435	$	40,837	$	-
Residential CMO securities - agency		6,224		78		-		-		6,224		78		-
Asset-backed securities		-		-		7,477		3,096		7,477		3,096		-
Corporate securities		-		-		2,404		2,583		2,404		2,583		685
Total debt securities	$	580,152	$	16,724	$	236,388	$	29,870	$	816,540	$	46,594	$	685

The Company had unrealized losses at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 on residential CMO securities, MBS, ABS and corporate securities. These unrealized losses are primarily attributable to market conditions. Based on the nature of impairment, these unrealized losses are considered temporary. The Company does not intend to sell nor is it more likely than not that it will be required to sell these investments before their anticipated recovery.

At March 31, 2012, the Company had 68 debt securities in an unrealized loss position. A total of 34 were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. These 34 consisted of 32 nonagency residential CMO securities and 2 agency residential MBS. Of these, 57% in amortized cost attained credit ratings of A or better. The remaining 34 debt securities were in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer. These 34 securities consisted of three ABS, one corporate security and 30 nonagency residential CMO securities. Of these debt securities in an unrealized loss position, 24% in amortized cost had credit ratings of A or better.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had 71 debt securities in an unrealized loss position. A total of 42 were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months, all of which were residential CMO

11

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

securities. Of these, 84% in amortized cost had credit ratings of A or better. The remaining 29 debt securities were in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer. These 29 securities consisted of three ABS, one corporate security and 25 nonagency residential CMO securities. Of these 25 nonagency securities, 68% in amortized cost had credit ratings of A or better.

In assessing whether these securities were impaired, the Company performed cash flow analyses that projected prepayments, default rates and loss severities on the collateral supporting each security. If the net present value of the investment is less than the amortized cost, the difference would be recognized in earnings as a credit-related impairment, while the remaining difference between the fair value and the amortized cost is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The Company recognized credit-related OTTI losses of $0 and $685 in other noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily due to a continued decline in the collateral value of a corporate security.

There were no OTTI losses recognized on AFS and HTM securities during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Information regarding impairment related to credit loss recognized on securities in other noninterest income and impairment related to all other factors recognized in AOCI for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:

Debt securities:	Impairment Related to Credit Loss		Impairment Related to All Other Factors			Total       Impairment
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	3,354	$	502		$	3,856
Additional charges on securities for which OTTI was previously recognized		685		(499	)		186
Reduction for securities on which a reduction in value was taken against earnings (1)		(4,039)		-			(4,039)
Accretion of impairment related to all other factors		-		(3)			(3)
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	-	$	-		$	-

(1) The value for these securities for which impairment is related to credit loss were written to a zero value during 2011 reflecting that the Company does not anticipate the ability to collect cash flows on these investments at any point in the future. This reduction in value was taken through earnings and thus, is reflected in the rollforward as a reduction of the credit loss balance to zero.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, interest and dividend income on investment securities is comprised of the following:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Interest income on available for sale securities	$	18,871	$	25,628
Interest income on held to maturity securities		1,400		372
Other interest and dividend income		278		244
	$	20,549	$	26,244

12

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

All interest income recognized by the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is taxable.

4.  Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, consist of the following:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2012		2011
Residential mortgages	$	2,530,966	$	2,709,825
Commercial and commercial real estate		-		15,461
	$	2,530,966	$	2,725,286

The Company sells loans to various financial institutions, government agencies, government-sponsored enterprises, and individual investors. Currently, the Company sells a concentration of loans to government-sponsored entities. The Company does not originate, acquire or sell subprime mortgage loans.

The Company securitizes a portion of its residential mortgage loan originations through government agencies. The following is a summary of cash flows between the Company and the agencies for securitized loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Proceeds received from new securitizations	$	1,920,970	$	1,429,121
Net fees paid to agencies		11,752		11,170
Servicing fees collected		755		683
Repurchased loans		1,471		847

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company transferred $154,340 of conforming residential mortgages to Ginnie Mae (GNMA) in exchange for mortgage-backed securities, which the Company may sell in the market to third party investors for cash. As of March 31, 2012, the Company retained all of the securities backed by the transferred loans and maintained effective control over the transferred assets. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded the transfers as sales. The transferred assets are recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as loans held for sale.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company sold $4,919 of loans previously described as loans held for investment that were transferred to loans held for sale in 2011 and recognized a gain of $329, which is recorded as gain on sale of loans.

On March 31, 2012, the Company transferred $14,946 in commercial real estate loans held for sale to loans held for investment at lower of cost or market as the Company has the intent to hold these loans for the foreseeable future.

13

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

5.  Loans and Leases Held for Investment, Net

Loans and leases held for investment as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are comprised of the following:

	March 31,     2012		December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	5,277,707	$	4,556,841
Commercial and commercial real estate		1,237,376		1,165,384
Lease financing receivables		605,763		588,501
Home equity lines		195,178		200,112
Consumer and credit card		7,163		8,443
Total loans and leases, net of discounts		7,323,187		6,519,281
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(78,254)		(77,765)
Total loans and leases, net	$	7,244,933	$	6,441,516

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the carrying values presented above include net purchase loan and lease discounts and net deferred loan and lease origination costs as follows:

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Net purchase loan and lease discounts	$	203,100	$	237,170
Net deferred loan and lease origination costs		20,202		19,057

Loans and Leases Acquired with Evidence of Credit Deterioration — At acquisition, the Company estimates the fair value of acquired loans and leases by segregating the portfolio into pools with similar risk characteristics. Fair value estimates for acquired loans and leases require estimates of the amounts and timing of expected future principal, interest and other cash flows. For each pool, the Company uses certain loan and lease information, including outstanding principal balance, probability of default and the estimated loss in the event of default to estimate the expected future cash flows for each loan and lease pool.

Information pertaining to the acquired portfolio of loans and leases with evidence of credit deterioration as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Bank of       Florida		Other       Acquired       Loans		Total
March 31, 2012
Carrying value, net of allowance	$	590,674	$	498,882	$	1,089,556
Outstanding unpaid principal balance or contractual net investment		653,410		519,997		1,173,407
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period		11,638		4,351		15,989
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period		15,081		4,548		19,629

14

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Bank of         Florida		TCFG		Other       Acquired       Loans		Total
December 31, 2011
Carrying value, net of allowance	$	621,116	$	-	$	522,071	$	1,143,187
Outstanding unpaid principal balance or contractual net investment		685,967		-		543,240		1,229,207
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period		6,189		97		3,695		9,981
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of year		11,638		-		4,351		15,989

The following is a summary of the accretable yield activity for the loans and leases acquired with evidence of credit deterioration during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Bank of         Florida		TCFG		Other     Acquired     Loans		Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	141,750	$	-	$	65,973	$	207,723
Accretion		(9,679)		-		(6,308)		(15,987)
Reclassifications (from) to accretable yield		(11,923)		-		8,463		(3,460)
Balance, March 31, 2012	$	120,148	$	-	$	68,128	$	188,276
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	198,633	$	9,745	$	44,603	$	252,981
Accretion		(12,510)		(1,666)		(2,927)		(17,103)
Reclassifications (from) to accretable yield		(1,333)		974		289		(70)
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	184,790	$	9,053	$	41,965	$	235,808

The Company recorded $3,640 and $824 in provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as a result of a decrease in expected cash flows on acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration.

Covered Loans and Leases — Covered loans and leases are acquired and recorded at fair value, exclusive of the loss share agreements with the FDIC and the indemnification agreement with former shareholders of TCFG. All loans acquired through the loss share agreement with the FDIC and all loans and leases acquired in the purchase of TCFG are considered covered during the applicable indemnification period.

15

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following is a summary of the recorded investment of major categories of covered loans and leases outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Bank of     Florida		TCFG		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages	$	74,104	$	-	$	74,104
Commercial and commercial real estate		546,358		-		546,358
Lease financing receivables		-		147,125		147,125
Home equity lines		18,424		-		18,424
Consumer and credit card		2,118		-		2,118
Total recorded investment of covered loans and leases	$	641,004	$	147,125	$	788,129
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	74,580	$	-	$	74,580
Commercial and commercial real estate		569,014		-		569,014
Lease financing receivables		-		176,125		176,125
Home equity lines		19,082		-		19,082
Consumer and credit card		2,345		-		2,345
Total recorded investment of covered loans and leases	$	665,021	$	176,125	$	841,146

16

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

6.  Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
			Commercial							Consumer
			and		Lease			Home		and
	Residential		Commercial		Financing			Equity		Credit
	Mortgages		Real Estate		Receivables			Lines		Card		Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	43,454	$	28,209	$	3,766	$		2,186	$	150	$	77,765
Provision for loan and lease losses		3,836		5,308		723			1,493		(5)		11,355
Charge-offs		(6,694)		(2,294)		(1,181)			(1,108)		(11)		(11,288)
Recoveries		143		168		36			61		14		422
Balance, end of period	$	40,739	$	31,391	$	3,344	$		2,632	$	148	$	78,254
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
			Commercial							Consumer
			and		Lease			Home		and
	Residential		Commercial		Financing			Equity		Credit
	Mortgages		Real Estate		Receivables			Lines		Card		Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	46,584	$	33,490	$	2,454	$		10,907	$	254	$	93,689
Change in estimate		10,154		(682)		(802)			(6,323)		(440)		1,907
Provision for loan and lease losses		9,770		3,231		1,570			1,217		335		16,123
Charge-offs		(9,238)		(9,088)		(2,096)			(2,172)		(2)		(22,596)
Recoveries		5		522		8			1		-		536
Balance, end of period	$	57,275	$	27,473	$	1,134	$		3,630	$	147	$	89,659

The following tables provide a breakdown of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in loans and leases based on the method for determining the allowance as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
					Loans and Leases
	Individually		Collectively		Acquired with
	Evaluated for		Evaluated for		Deteriorated
	Impairment		Impairment		Credit Quality		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages	$	7,702	$	27,377	$	5,660	$	40,739
Commercial and commercial real estate		5,445		11,977		13,969		31,391
Lease financing receivables		-		3,344		-		3,344
Home equity lines		-		2,632		-		2,632
Consumer and credit card		-		148		-		148
	$	13,147	$	45,478	$	19,629	$	78,254

17

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Loans and Leases Held for Investment at Recorded Investment
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Loans and Leases Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages	$	92,684	$	4,595,525	$	589,498	$	5,277,707
Commercial and commercial real estate		127,204		590,485		519,687		1,237,376
Lease financing receivables		-		605,763		-		605,763
Home equity lines		-		195,178		-		195,178
Consumer and credit card		-		7,163		-		7,163
	$	219,888	$	5,994,114	$	1,109,185	$	7,323,187
	Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Loans and Leases Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality		Total
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	7,436	$	30,554	$	5,464	$	43,454
Commercial and commercial real estate		6,021		11,663		10,525		28,209
Lease financing receivables		-		3,766		-		3,766
Home equity lines		-		2,186		-		2,186
Consumer and credit card		-		150		-		150
	$	13,457	$	48,319	$	15,989	$	77,765
	Loans and Leases Held for Investment at Recorded Investment
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Loans and Leases Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality		Total
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	90,927	$	3,852,119	$	613,795	$	4,556,841
Commercial and commercial real estate		142,360		477,643		545,381		1,165,384
Lease financing receivables		-		588,501		-		588,501
Home equity lines		-		200,112		-		200,112
Consumer and credit card		-		8,443		-		8,443
	$	233,287	$	5,126,818	$	1,159,176	$	6,519,281

The Company uses a risk grading matrix to monitor credit quality for commercial and commercial real estate loans. Risk grades are continuously monitored and updated quarterly by credit administration personnel based on current information and events. The Company monitors the quarterly credit quality of all other loan types based on performing status.

18

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following tables present the recorded investment for loans and leases by credit quality indicator as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Performing		Non-     performing		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	4,412,462	$	71,485	$	4,483,947
Government insured pool buyouts		632,329		161,431		793,760
Lease financing receivables		603,901		1,862		605,763
Home equity lines		191,408		3,770		195,178
Consumer and credit card		6,590		573		7,163
	$	5,846,690	$	239,121	$	6,085,811
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
March 31, 2012
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial	$	197,324	$	187	$	13,170	$	4,589	$	215,270
Commercial real estate		635,513		97,516		289,077		-		1,022,106
	$	832,837	$	97,703	$	302,247	$	4,589	$	1,237,376
	Performing		Non- performing		Total
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	3,655,884	$	71,658	$	3,727,542
Government insured pool buyouts		649,391		179,908		829,299
Lease financing receivables		586,116		2,385		588,501
Home equity lines		195,861		4,251		200,112
Consumer and credit card		8,024		419		8,443
	$	5,095,276	$	258,621	$	5,353,897

19

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
December 31, 2011
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial	$	151,473	$	1,527	$	18,279	$	4,136	$	175,415
Commercial real estate		639,883		78,385		270,656		1,045		989,969
	$	791,356	$	79,912	$	288,935	$	5,181	$	1,165,384

The following tables present an aging analysis of the recorded investment for loans and leases by class as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days and Greater		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans Held for Investment Excluding ASC 310-30
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	15,812	$	5,187	$	71,485	$	92,484	$	4,255,959	$	4,348,443
Government insured pool buyouts		20,277		12,976		161,431		194,684		145,081		339,765
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		75		90		4,512		4,677		184,345		189,022
Commercial real estate		5,436		950		45,718		52,104		476,564		528,668
Lease financing receivables		2,026		1,362		979		4,367		601,396		605,763
Home equity lines		2,568		533		3,770		6,871		188,307		195,178
Consumer and credit card		191		94		243		528		6,635		7,163
	$	46,385	$	21,192	$	288,138	$	355,715	$	5,858,287	$	6,214,002
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	16,966	$	12,673	$	71,658	$	101,297	$	3,487,525	$	3,588,822
Government insured pool buyouts		23,396		17,909		179,908		221,213		133,011		354,224
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		-		32		10,751		10,783		137,216		147,999
Commercial real estate		2,117		4,450		48,611		55,178		416,826		472,004
Lease financing receivables		3,394		971		962		5,327		583,174		588,501
Home equity lines		1,953		498		4,251		6,702		193,410		200,112
Consumer and credit card		106		50		233		389		8,054		8,443
	$	47,932	$	36,583	$	316,374	$	400,889	$	4,959,216	$	5,360,105

20

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Impaired Loans — Impaired loans include loans identified as troubled loans as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulties and other loans on which the accrual of interest income is suspended. The Company continues to collect payments on certain impaired loan balances on which accrual is suspended.

The following tables present the recorded investment and the related allowance for impaired loans as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Related Allowance		Recorded Investment		Related Allowance
With an allowance recorded:
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	68,278	$	7,702	$	74,189	$	7,436
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		3,032		432		4,697		779
Commercial real estate		33,626		5,013		37,189		5,242
	$	104,936	$	13,147	$	116,075	$	13,457
	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Related Allowance		Recorded Investment		Related Allowance
Without a related allowance recorded:
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	24,406	$	-	$	16,738	$	-
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		5,826		-		9,814		-
Commercial real estate		84,720		-		90,661		-
	$	114,952	$	-	$	117,213	$	-

The following table presents the average investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2012				March 31, 2011
	Average Investment		Interest Income Recognized		Average Investment		Interest Income Recognized
With and without a related allowance recorded:
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	91,806	$	660	$	75,605	$	523
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		11,685		23		1,344		11
Commercial real estate		123,098		558		171,892		346
	$	226,589	$	1,241	$	248,841	$	880

21

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following table presents the recorded investment for loans and leases on nonaccrual status by class and loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
			Greater than				Greater than
			90 Days				90 Days
	Nonaccrual		Past Due		Nonaccrual		Past Due
	Status		and Accruing		Status		and Accruing
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	71,485	$	-	$	71,658	$	-
Government insured pool buyouts		-		161,431		-		179,908
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		7,107		-		12,294		-
Commercial real estate		82,478		-		86,772		-
Lease financing receivables		1,862		-		2,385		-
Home equity lines		3,770		-		4,251		-
Consumer and credit card		573		-		419		-
	$	167,275	$	161,431	$	177,779	$	179,908

Troubled Debt Restructurings — Modifications considered to be TDRs are individually evaluated for credit loss based on a discounted cash flow model using the loan’s effective interest rate at the time of origination. The discounted cash flow model used in this evaluation is adjusted to reflect the modified loan’s elevated probability of future default based on the Company’s historical redefault rate. These loans are classified as nonaccrual and have been included in the Company’s impaired loan disclosures in the tables above. A loan is considered to redefault when it is 30 days past due. Once a modified loan demonstrates a consistent period of performance under the modified terms, generally six months, the Company returns the loan to an accrual classification. If, however, a modified loan defaults under the terms of the modified agreement, the Company measures the allowance for loan and lease losses based on the fair value of collateral less cost to sell.

The following is a summary of information relating to modifications considered to be TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2012
			Pre-		Post-
			modification		modification
	Number of		Recorded		Recorded
	Contracts		Investment		Investment
Residential mortgages:
Residential		16	$	6,014	$	6,021
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		3		3,035		3,035
Commercial real estate		6		8,241		8,241
		25	$	17,290	$	17,297

22

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Modifications made to residential loans during the period included extension of original contractual maturity date, extension of the period of below market rate interest only payments, or contingent reduction of past due interest. Commercial loan modifications made during the period included extension of original contractual maturity date, payment forbearance, reduction of interest rates, or extension of interest only periods.

The number of contracts and recorded investment of loans that were modified during the last 12 months and subsequently defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2012 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Residential mortgages:
Residential		8	$	2,222
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		3		1,802
Commercial real estate		1		98
		12	$	4,122

The recorded investment of TDRs as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are summarized as follows:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2012		2011
Loan Type:
Residential mortgages	$	92,684	$	90,927
Commercial and commercial real estate		51,067		61,481
	$	143,751	$	152,408
Accrual Status:
Current	$	88,379	$	85,905
30-89 days past-due accruing		4,423		6,723
90+ days past-due accruing		-		-
Nonaccrual		50,949		59,780
	$	143,751	$	152,408
TDRs classified as impaired loans	$	143,751	$	152,408
Valuation allowance on TDRs		9,016		9,743

23

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

7.  Servicing Activities and Mortgage Servicing Rights

A summary of MSR activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Balance, beginning of period	$	489,496	$	573,196
Originated servicing rights capitalized upon sale of loans		18,529		19,616
Amortization		(29,339)		(22,788)
Impairment		(15,144)		-
Other		(1,122)		(1,379)
Balance, end of period	$	462,420	$	568,645
Valuation Allowance:
Balance, beginning of period	$	39,455
Impairment		15,144
Balance, end of period	$	54,599

For loans securitized and sold for the three months ended March 31, 2012 with servicing retained, management used the following assumptions to determine the fair value of MSR at the date of securitization:

	March 31,              2012
Average discount rates	8.60%	-	9.14%
Expected prepayment speeds	10.13%	-	14.62%
Weighted average life in years	5.46	-	6.70

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company estimated the fair value of its capitalized MSR to be approximately $462,427 and $494,547, respectively. The unpaid principal balance below includes $5,367,000 and $5,248,000 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, for loans with no related MSR basis.

The characteristics used in estimating the fair value of the loan servicing portfolio at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Unpaid principal balance	$	51,896,000	$	53,066,000
Gross weighted-average coupon		4.95%		4.98%
Weighted-average servicing fee		0.31%		0.31%
Estimated prepayment speed		16.07%		12.74%

24

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

A sensitivity analysis of the Company’s fair value of mortgage servicing rights to hypothetical adverse changes of 10% and 20% to the weighted average of certain key assumptions as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is presented below.

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Prepayment Rate
10% adverse rate change	$	25,917	$	26,955
20% adverse rate change		49,957		51,872
Discount Rate
10% adverse rate change		17,499		18,306
20% adverse rate change		33,750		35,336

In the previous table, the effect of a variation in a specific assumption on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumptions. This analysis typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of a change in one key assumption to the change in the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights usually is not linear. The effect of changing one key assumption will likely result in the change of another key assumption which could impact the sensitivities.

Components of loan servicing fee income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented below:

	Three Months Ended     March 31,
	2012		2011
Contractually specified service fees, net	$	35,385	$	38,050
Other ancillary fees		9,619		10,327
Other		552		499
	$	45,556	$	48,876

8.  Shareholders’ Equity

Initial Public Offering — On May 8, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 22,103,000 shares of its common stock, par value of $0.01 per share (the Common Stock), in its initial public offering of Common Stock (the Offering), including 2,883,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the Company, at a price to the public of $10.00 per share. The shares were offered pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $198,700 from the Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Preferred Stock — On January 25, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a special cash dividend of $4,482 to the holders of the Series A 6% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock), which was paid on March 1, 2012. As a result of the special cash dividend, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 2,801,160 shares of Common Stock.

Immediately prior to the completion of the Offering, the 136,544 shares of outstanding Series B 4% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock automatically converted into 15,964,644 shares of Common Stock.

25

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Common Stock — At March 31, 2012, there were 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock authorized, and 77,994,699 shares issued and outstanding. Following the Offering, there were 500,000,000 shares authorized and 116,317,343 shares issued and outstanding.

9.  Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company’s effective income tax rate of 36.4% differs from the statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes. For the three months ending March 31, 2011, the Company’s effective income tax rate of 42.1% differs from the statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes and a $691 increase to income tax expense for the revaluation of the net unrealized built-in losses associated with the Tygris acquisition.

10.  Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Because the Company’s Series A and Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock meet the definition of participating securities, this guidance requires the use of the Two-Class Method to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share. The Two-Class Method allocates earnings between common and participating shares. In calculating basic earnings per common share, only the portion of earnings allocated to common shares is used in the numerator. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended         March  31,
	2012		2011
Net income	$	11,846	$	9,416
Less distributed and undistributed net income allocated to participating preferred stock		(5,879)		(2,407)
Net income allocated to common shareholders	$	5,967	$	7,009
(Units in Thousands)
Average common shares outstanding		76,129		74,735
Common share equivalents:
Stock options		1,917		2,497
Nonvested stock		278		389
Average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution		78,324		77,621
Net income per common share, basic	$	0.08	$	0.09
Net income per common share, assuming dilution	$	0.08	$	0.09

On January 25, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a special cash dividend of $4,482 to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, which was paid on March 1, 2012, in order to induce conversion to shares of Common Stock. The Company has included the special cash dividend as distributed net income attributable to participating preferred stock. In addition, the Company included the Series A Preferred Stock as a participating security through the date of conversion and upon conversion, the Company included the shares in common shares outstanding.

26

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Certain securities were antidilutive and were therefore excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Common shares attributed to these antidilutive securities had these securities been exercised or converted as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended          March 31,
	2012		2011
Stock Options		5,882,160		2,906,190

11.  Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair values of derivatives are reported in other assets, deposits, or accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The fair values are derived using the valuation techniques described in Note 12. The total notional or contractual amounts and fair values as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

				Fair Value
	Notional     Amount		Asset     Derivatives			Liability     Derivatives
March 31, 2012
Qualifying hedge contracts accounted for under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Cash flow hedges (risk management hedges):
Forward interest rate swaps	$	1,103,000	$		-	$	123,717
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Freestanding derivatives (economic hedges):
Interest rate lock commitments		1,258,192			4,902		1,117
Forward sales commitments		1,518,476			8,027		2,108
Optional forward sales commitments		269			-		1
Interest rate swaps		18,000			-		932
Foreign exchange contracts		1,070,566			8,479		8,749
Equity, foreign currency, commodity and metals indexed options		218,890			23,717		-
Options embedded in customer deposits		216,677			-		23,532
Indemnification asset		422,469			8,814		-
Total freestanding derivatives					53,939		36,439
Total derivatives			$		53,939	$	160,156

27

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

				Fair Value
	Notional       Amount		Asset    Derivatives			Liability    Derivatives
December 31, 2011
Qualifying hedge contracts accounted for under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Cash flow hedges (risk management hedges):
Forward interest rate swaps	$	1,153,000	$		-	$	133,897
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Freestanding derivatives (economic hedges):
Interest rate lock commitments		828,866			8,059		126
Forward sales commitments		1,278,899			1,140		13,340
Interest rate swaps		18,000			-		831
Foreign exchange contracts		1,114,838			9,494		16,293
Equity, foreign currency, commodity and metals indexed options		220,465			20,460		-
Options embedded in customer deposits		218,514			-		20,192
Indemnification assets		482,094			8,540		-
Total freestanding derivatives					47,693		50,782
Total derivatives			$		47,693	$	184,679

Cash Flow Hedges

Activity for derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Gains (losses), net of tax, recognized in AOCI (effective portion)	$	6,482	$	(3,951)
Reclassifications to interest expense (effective portion)		(1,710)		(2,029)
Pretax losses recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)		(65)		-

All changes in the value of the derivatives were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

As of March 31, 2012, AOCI included $13,561 of deferred pre-tax net losses expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions. The Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions of fixed-rate debt for a maximum of eight years.

28

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Freestanding Derivatives

The following table shows the net losses recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 in the consolidated statements of income related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. These gains and losses are recognized in other noninterest income, except for the indemnification assets which are recognized in general and administrative expense.

		Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
Freestanding derivatives (economic hedges)
Gains (losses) on interest rate contracts	$		(11,830)	$	2,899
Gains (losses) on indemnification assets			273		(8,680)
Other			446		-
	$		(11,111)	$	(5,781)

Interest rate contracts are predominantly used as economic hedges of interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale. Other derivatives are predominantly used as economic hedges of foreign exchange, commodity, metals and equity risk.

Credit Risk Contingent Features

Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require the Company to post collateral when derivatives are in a net liability position. The provisions generally are dependent upon the Company’s credit rating based on certain major credit rating agencies or dollar amounts in a liability position at any given time which exceed specified thresholds, as indicated in the relevant contracts. In these circumstances, the counterparties could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features in a net liability position on March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $124,771 and $153,337, respectively, for which the Company posted $127,548 and $170,656, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business.

Counterparty Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If the counterparty fails to perform, counterparty credit risk equals the amount reported as derivative assets in the balance sheet. The amounts reported as derivative assets are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty, and cash collateral received. The Company minimizes this risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, and executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. The Company does not offset derivative instruments against the rights to reclaim cash collateral or the obligations to return cash collateral in the balance sheet. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company held $8,670 and $3,560, respectively, in collateral from its counterparties. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value.

29

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

12.  Fair Value Measurements

Asset and liability fair value measurements have been categorized based upon the fair value hierarchy described below:

Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets

Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets to liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including certain loans held for sale for which the Company has elected the fair value option, are as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
March 31, 2012
Financial assets:
Available for sale securities:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	-	$	87	$	-	$	87
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		-		1,929,794		-		1,929,794
Residential MBS - agency		-		308		-		308
Asset-backed securities		-		7,345		-		7,345
Equity securities		214		-		-		214
		214		1,937,534		-		1,937,748
Loans held for sale		-		672,651		-		672,651
Financial liabilities:
FDIC clawback liability		-		-		43,694		43,694
Derivative financial instruments:
Cash flow hedges (Note 11)		-		(123,717)		-		(123,717)
Freestanding derivatives (Note 11)		(270)		8,956		8,814		17,500

30

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2011
Financial assets:
Available for sale securities:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	-	$	104	$	-	$	104
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		-		1,895,818		-		1,895,818
Residential MBS - agency		-		338		-		338
Asset-backed securities		-		7,477		-		7,477
Equity securities		185		-		-		185
		185		1,903,737		-		1,903,922
Loans held for sale		-		761,818		15,462		777,280
Financial liabilities:
FDIC clawback liability		-		-		43,317		43,317
Derivative financial instruments:
Cash flow hedges (Note 11)		-		(133,897)		-		(133,897)
Freestanding derivatives (Note 11)		(6,799)		(4,830)		8,540		(3,089)

Changes in assets and liabilities measured at Level 3 fair value on a recurring basis for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Loans Held     for Sale (1)		Clawback     Liability (2)		Freestanding Derivatives (3)
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	15,462	$	(43,317)	$	8,539
Settlements		(623)		-		-
Transfers out of Level 3		(14,946)		-		-
Total gains (losses) for the period:
Included in earnings		107		(377)		275
Balance, March 31, 2012	$	-	$	(43,694)	$	8,814
Change in unrealized net gains (losses) included in net income related to assets still held as of March 31, 2012	$	107	$	(377)	$	275
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	15,136	$	(39,311)	$	8,950
Purchases		-		-		1,375
Issues		-		-		(1,376)
Settlements		(77)		-		3
Total gains (losses) for the period:
Included in earnings		(10)		(317)		(8,731)
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	15,049	$	(39,628)	$	221
Change in unrealized net gains (losses) included in net income related to assets still held as of March 31, 2011	$	(10)	$	(317)	$	(8,481)

31

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

(1) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on loans held for sale are included in gain on sale of loans.

(2) Changes in fair value of the FDIC clawback liability are recorded in general and administrative expense.

(3) With the exception of changes in the indemnification assets and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on freestanding derivatives are included in other noninterest income. Changes in the fair value of the indemnification assets are recorded in general and administrative expense.

The Company monitors the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the Company reports the transfer at the end of the reporting period.

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2012:

Level 3 Assets	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Inputs	Significant Unobservable Input Value
FDIC clawback liability	$	43,694	Discounted cash flow	Servicing cost	$6,126 - $13,834 (1)
Indemnification asset	$	8,814	Discounted cash flow	Reinstatement rate	5.87% - 67.30% (2)
				Loss duration	8-48 months (2)
				Loss severity	2.01% - 10.99% (2)

(1)	The range represents the sum of the highest and lowest servicing cost values for all tranches that we use in our valuation process. The servicing cost represents 1% of projected unpaid principal balance (UPB) of the underlying loans.
(2)	The range represents the sum of the highest and lowest values for all tranches that we use in our valuation process.

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the FDIC clawback liability is the servicing cost. Significant increases (decreases) in this input in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The Company estimates the fair value of the FDIC clawback liability using a discounted cash flow model. The Company enters observable and unobservable inputs into the model to arrive at fair value. Changes in the estimate are primarily driven by changes in the interpolated discount rate (an observable input) and changes in servicing cost as a result of changes in projected UPB. The assumptions are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis by management.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the indemnification asset are the reinstatement rate, loss severity and duration. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The reinstatement rate is determined by analyzing historical default activity of similar loans, while the loss severity is estimated through the spread between the note and debenture rate of the government insured loans as well as advanced costs that are not reimbursable, which is then extrapolated over the expected duration. The Company’s portfolio management is responsible for analyzing and updating the assumptions and cash flow model of the underlying loans on a quarterly basis, which includes corroboration with historical experience.

32

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Loans Held for Sale Accounted for under the Fair Value Option

Following is information on loans held for sale reported under the fair value option at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Total		Nonaccrual
March 31, 2012
Fair value carrying amount	$	672,651	$	-
Aggregate unpaid principal balance		653,145		-
Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal	$	19,506	$	-
December 31, 2011
Fair value carrying amount	$	777,280	$	2,129
Aggregate unpaid principal balance		747,667		2,466
Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal	$	29,613	$	(337)

Differences between the fair value carrying amount and the aggregate unpaid principal balance include changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding and premiums or discounts on acquired loans.

The net gain from initial measurement of the above loans and subsequent changes in fair value was $64,709 and $15,815 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is included in gain on sale of loans. An immaterial portion of the change in fair value was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk.

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and therefore are not included in the tables above. These measurements primarily result from assets carried at the lower of cost or fair value or from impairment of individual assets. The carrying value of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and held at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and related loss amounts are as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Losses
March 31, 2012
Collateral-dependent loans	$	-	$	-	$	12,005	$	12,005	$	2,555
Mortgage servicing rights		-		-		420,327		420,327		15,144
Other real estate owned		-		2,234		8,300		10,534		3,064
December 31, 2011
Loans held for sale	$	-	$	13,010	$	-	$	13,010	$	1,385
Collateral-dependent loans		-		-		62,183		62,183		11,831
Mortgage servicing rights		-		-		445,195		445,195		39,455
Other real estate owned		-		-		46,578		46,578		10,389

The Company records loans considered to be impaired at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell. Fair value is measured as the fair value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans. Other real estate owned is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts above reflect the fair value of the impaired mortgage servicing rights strata as of March 31, 2012. The above losses represent write-downs to fair value subsequent to initial classification.

33

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at March 31, 2012:

Level 3 Assets	Fair Value		Valuation     Technique		Unobservable         Inputs		Significant         Unobservable          Input Value
Collateral-dependent       loans	$	12,005		Sales comparison approach		Appraisal value adjustment		5.0 - 50.0% (1)
Other real estate       owned	$	8,300		Sales comparison approach		Appraisal value adjustment		5.0 - 50.0% (1)
Mortgage servicing       rights	$	420,327		Discounted cash flow		Prepayment speed		13.9 - 17.8% (2)
						Discount rate		9.2 - 9.8% (3)

(1)	The range represents the highest and lowest values of adjustments to appraisal values for real estate properties and dependent loans subject to fair value measurement, according to the third party appraisals that we use in our valuation process.
(2)	Prepayment speed is based on an annualized loan prepayment rate and market assumptions. The range represents the highest and lowest values for the impaired MSR stratum.
(3)	The discount rate range represents the highest and lowest values for the impaired MSR stratum.

The Company estimates the fair value of collateral-dependent and OREO loans using the sales comparison approach. Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, a member of the valuation services group reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal. To assess the reasonableness of the fair value, the valuation services group compares the assumptions to independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics.

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is determined by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The assumptions are a combination of market and Company specific data. On a quarterly basis, the portfolio management group compares the Company’s estimated fair value of the mortgage servicing rights to a third-party valuation as part of the valuation process. Discussions are held between executive management and the independent third-party to discuss the key assumptions used by the respective parties in arriving at those estimates.

34

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amount, fair value, and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This table excludes financial instruments with a short-term or without a stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, where carrying amounts approximate fair value. For financial assets such as cash and due from banks, FHLB restricted stock, and other investments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. For financial liabilities such as noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, and savings and money market deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value as these liabilities have no stated maturity.

	March 31, 2012
	Carrying         Amount		Estimated         Fair Value		Level          1		Level          2		Level          3
Financial assets:
Investment securities:
Held to maturity	$	190,642	$	194,867	$	-		$       194,867	$	-
Loans held for sale (1)		1,858,315		1,941,626		-		1,941,626		-
Loans held for investment (2)		6,642,514		6,693,052		-		-		6,693,052
Financial liabilities:
Time deposits	$	2,799,879	$	2,834,467	$	-		$    2,834,467	$	-
Other borrowings		1,706,298		1,666,840		-		1,666,840		-
Trust preferred securities		103,750		70,841		-		-		70,841

	December 31,         2011
	Carrying         Amount		Estimated         Fair Value
Financial assets:
Investment securities:
Held to maturity	$	189,518	$	194,350
Loans held for sale		2,725,286		2,811,917
Loans held for investment (2)		5,856,781		5,862,053
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	10,265,763	$	10,299,977
Other borrowings		1,257,879		1,215,209
Trust preferred securities		103,750		71,597

(1) The carrying value of loans held for sale excludes $672,651 in loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2012

(2) The carrying value of loans held for investment is net of the allowance for loan loss of $74,910 and $73,999 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, the carrying values exclude $602,419 and $584,735 of lease financing receivables as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

35

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not carried at fair value:

Investment Securities — Fair values are derived from quoted market prices and values from third party pricing services for which management understands the methods used to determine fair value and is able to assess the values. The Company also performs an assessment on the pricing of investment securities received from third party pricing services to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of pricing methodologies and trends. The Company has the ability to challenge values and discuss its analysis with the third party pricing service provider in order to ensure that investments are recorded at the appropriate fair value.

When the level and volume of trading activity for certain securities has significantly declined and/or when the Company believes that third party pricing may be based in part on forced liquidations or distressed sales, the Company analyzes each security for the appropriate valuation methodology based on a combination of the market approach reflecting third party pricing information and a discounted cash flow approach. In calculating the fair value derived from the income approach, the Company makes certain significant assumptions in addition to those discussed above related to the liquidity risk premium, specific non-performance and default experience in the collateral underlying the security. The values resulting from each approach (i.e., market and income approaches) are weighted to derive the final fair value for each security trading in an inactive market. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, management did not make adjustments to the prices provided by the third party pricing service as a result of illiquid or inactive markets.

Loans Held for Sale — Fair values for loans held for sale valued under fair value option were derived from quoted market prices or from models using loan characteristics (product type, pricing features and loan maturity dates) and economic assumptions (prepayment estimates and discount rates) based on prices currently offered in secondary markets for similar loans.

Fair values for loans carried at lower of cost or fair value were derived from models using characteristics of the loans (e.g., product type, pricing features and loan maturity dates) and economic assumptions (e.g., prepayment estimates, discount rates and estimated credit losses).

Loans Held for Investment — The fair value of loans held for investment is derived from discounted cash flows and includes an evaluation of the collateral and underlying loan characteristics, as well as assumptions to determine the discount rate such as credit loss and prepayment forecasts, and servicing costs.

Impaired Loans — At the time a loan is considered impaired, it is valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally receive specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses. For collateral-dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. 

Other Real Estate Owned — Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Foreclosed assets are adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Fair value is generally based upon appraisals or independent market prices that are periodically updated subsequent to classification as OREO. Adjustments are routinely made in the

36

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Mortgage Servicing Rights — Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis. If the carrying amount of an individual stratum exceeds fair value, impairment is recorded on that stratum so that the servicing asset is carried at fair value. In addition, a third-party valuation is obtained quarterly. The servicing portfolio has been valued using all relevant positive and negative cash flows including servicing fees; miscellaneous income and float; costs of servicing; the cost of carry of advances; foreclosure losses; and applying certain prevailing assumptions used in the marketplace. Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Time Deposits — The fair value of fixed rate certificates of deposit is estimated using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates and spreads to generate continuous yield or pricing curves, and volatility factors. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third party pricing services. The Company considers the impact of its own credit spreads in the valuation of these liabilities. The credit risk is determined by reference to observable credit spreads in the secondary cash market.

Other Borrowings — For advances that bear interest at a variable rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. For fixed-rate advances and repurchase agreements, fair value is estimated using quantitative discounted cash flow models that require the use of interest rate inputs that are currently offered for fixed-rate advances and repurchase agreements of similar remaining maturities. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third party pricing services. For hybrid advances, fair value is obtained from an FHLB proprietary model mathematical approximation of the market value of the underlying hedge. The terms of the hedge are similar to the advances.

Trust Preferred Securities — Fair value is estimated using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates and spreads to generate pricing curves. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third party pricing services. The Company interpolates its own credit spreads in the valuation of these liabilities. Due to the significance of the credit spread in the valuation inputs, trust preferred securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

FDIC Clawback Liability — The fair value of the FDIC clawback liability represents the net present value of expected true-up payments due 45 days after the fifth and tenth anniversary of the closing of the Bank of Florida acquisition pursuant to the purchase and assumption agreements between the Company and the FDIC. On the true-up measurement dates, the Company is required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC in an amount equal to 50% of the excess, if any, of (1) 20% of the intrinsic loss estimate (an established figure by the FDIC) less (2) the sum of (a) 25% of the asset discount, (part of the Company’s bid) plus (b) 25% of the cumulative loss share payments plus (c) a 1% servicing fee based on the principal amount of the covered assets over the term (calculated annually based on the average principal amount at the beginning and end of each year and then summed up for a total fee included in the calculation). The liability was discounted using an estimated cost of debt capital, based on an interpolated cost of debt capital of banks with credit quality comparable to the Company’s (using USD US Bank (BBB) BFV Curve index). This liability is considered to be contingent consideration as it requires the return of a portion of the initial consideration in the event contingencies are met. Contingent consideration is re-measured each reporting period at fair value with changes reflected in other noninterest income until the contingency is resolved. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, FDIC clawback liability is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

37

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Cash Flow Hedges — The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by a third party from a derivative valuation model. The inputs for the valuation model primarily include start and end swap dates, swap coupon, interest rate curve and notional amounts. See Note 11 for additional information on cash flow hedges.

Freestanding Derivatives — Fair values of interest rate lock commitments are derived by using valuation models incorporating current market information or by obtaining market or dealer quotes for instruments with similar characteristics, subject to anticipated loan funding probability or fallout. The fair value of forward sales and optional forward sales commitments is determined based upon the difference between the settlement values of the commitments and the quoted market values of the securities. Fair values of foreign exchange contracts are based on quoted prices for each foreign currency at the balance sheet date. For indexed options and embedded options, the fair value is determined by obtaining market or dealer quotes for instruments with similar characteristics. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by a derivative valuation model and obtained from a third party. The inputs for the valuation model primarily include start and end swap dates, swap coupon, interest rate curve and notional amounts. The Company uses a cash flow model to project cash flows for GNMA pool buyouts with and without recourse to determine the fair value for the indemnification asset. Counterparty credit risk is taken into account when determining fair value. See Note 11 for additional information on freestanding derivatives.

13.  Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments — Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions. These commitments, predominantly at variable interest rates, are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

The Company issues standby letters of credit, which are conditional commitments to third parties to provide credit support on behalf of certain of the Company’s customers. The credit risk and potential cash requirements involved in issuing standby letters of credit are essentially the same as those involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Unfunded credit extension commitments at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	March 31, 2012		December 31, 2011
Loan and lease commitments	$	151,511	$	108,631
Home equity lines of credit		40,010		45,345
Credit card lines of credit		27,916		26,807
Commercial lines of credit		103,240		68,158
Standby letters of credit		3,766		6,428
	$	326,443	$	255,370

The Company has an agreement with the Jacksonville Jaguars of the National Football League whereby the Company obtained the naming rights to the football stadium in Jacksonville, Florida. Under the agreement, the Company is obligated to pay $400 during the remainder of 2012. The amount due in 2013 is $3,308 and the amount increases 5% in 2014.

38

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Guarantees — The Company sells and securitizes conventional conforming and federally insured single-family residential mortgage loans predominantly to government-sponsored entities (GSEs), such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Company also sells residential mortgage loans, primarily those that do not meet criteria for whole loan sales to GSEs, through whole loan sales to private non-GSE purchasers. In doing so, representations and warranties regarding certain attributes of the loans are made to the GSE or the third-party purchaser. Subsequent to the sale, if it is determined that the loans sold are (1) with respect to the GSEs, in breach of these representations or warranties or (2) with respect to non-GSE purchasers, in material breach of these representations and warranties, the Company generally has an obligation to either: (a) repurchase the loan for the UPB, accrued interest and related advances, (b) indemnify the purchaser or (c) make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of the loan. From 2004 through March 31, 2012, the Company originated and securitized approximately $19,406,000 of mortgage loans to GSEs. During the same time period, the Company originated and sold approximately $25,033,000 of mortgage loans to private non-GSE purchasers. A majority of the loans sold to non-GSEs were agency deliverable products that were eventually sold by large aggregators of agency product who eventually securitized and sold to the agencies.

In some cases, the Company also has an obligation to repurchase loans in the event of early payment default (EPD) which is typically triggered if a borrower does not make the first several payments due after the loan has been sold to an investor. The Company’s private investors have agreed to waive EPD provisions for conventional conforming and federally insured single-family residential mortgage loans and certain jumbo loan products. However, the Company is subject to EPD provisions on the community reinvestment loans the Company originates and sells under the State of Florida housing program, which represents a minimal amount of total originations.

The Company’s obligations vary based upon the nature of the repurchase demand and the current status of the mortgage loan. The Company establishes reserves for estimated losses inherent in the Company’s origination of mortgage loans. In estimating the accrued liability for loan repurchase and make-whole obligations, the Company estimates probable losses inherent in the population of all loans sold based on trends in claims requests and actual loss severities experienced. The liability includes accruals for probable contingent losses in addition to those identified in the pipeline of repurchase or make-whole requests. There is additional inherent uncertainty in the estimate because the Company historically sold a majority of its loans servicing released and currently does not have servicing performance metrics on a majority of the loans it originated and sold. The estimation process is designed to include amounts based on actual losses experienced from actual repurchase activity. The baseline for the repurchase reserve uses historical loss factors that are applied to loan pools originated in 2003 through March 31, 2012 and sold in years 2004 through March 31, 2012. Loss factors, tracked by year of loss, are calculated using actual losses incurred on repurchase or make-whole arrangements. The historical loss factors experienced are accumulated for each sale vintage (year loan was sold) and are applied to more recent sale vintages to estimate inherent losses not yet realized. The Company’s estimated recourse related to these loans was $35,000 and $32,000 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

In the ordinary course of its loan servicing activities, the Company routinely initiates actions to foreclose real estate securing serviced loans. For certain serviced loans, there are provisions in which the Company is either obligated to fund foreclosure-related costs or to repurchase loans in default. Additionally, as servicer, the Company could be obligated to repurchase loans from or indemnify GSEs for loans originated by defunct originators. The outstanding principal balance on loans serviced at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, was $51,896,000 and $53,066,000, respectively, including residential mortgage loans held for sale. The amount of estimated recourse recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to servicing activities at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, was approximately $30,427 and $30,364, respectively.

In connection with the sale of its 68 percent interest in EverBank Reverse Mortgage LLC (EBRM) in 2008, the Company agreed to indemnify the buyer for future obligations related to the originated loans, potential litigation and certain other matters. On the date of the sale, the Company deposited $3,400 in escrow for its share of the aggregate liability. As of March 31, 2012, the Company’s maximum exposure is $1,882; however, the Company has estimated a liability of its future obligation in the amount of $500.

39

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Within the Company’s brokerage business, the Company has contracted with a third party to provide clearing services that include underwriting margin loans to its customers. This contract stipulates that the Company will indemnify the third party for any loan losses that occur in issuing margin loans to its customers. The maximum potential future payment under this indemnification was $1,032 and $801 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. No payments have been made under this indemnification in the past. As these margin loans are highly collateralized by the securities held by the brokerage clients, the Company has assessed the probability of making such payments in the future as remote. This indemnification would end with the termination of the clearing contract.

Operating Leases — In December 2011, the Company entered into an 11 year lease agreement for approximately 269,168 square feet of office space located in downtown Jacksonville, Florida. The Company expects to take occupancy of the premises in June 2012, and at that time, the Company will recognize total rental expense for minimum lease payments of $46,278 on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Federal Reserve Requirement — The Federal Reserve Board (FRB) requires certain institutions, including EB, to maintain cash reserves in the form of vault cash and average account balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve requirement is based on average deposits outstanding and was approximately $101,315 and $102,454 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Legal Actions — During late 2010, the Company was subject to a horizontal review examination conducted by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) of the governance practices employed in the foreclosure process of the Company and other industry participants. As a result of this horizontal review, the OTS has issued consent orders to servicers subject to this review, including the Company, stipulating certain practices that servicers will agree to prospectively to enhance their servicing operations. The outcome of these processes could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions, as well as significant legal costs in responding to governmental examinations and additional litigation for the Company. The consent orders do not provide for monetary penalties, but the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) (as successor to the OTS) reserves the right to impose monetary penalties at a later date.

In addition, other government agencies, including state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice, continue to investigate various mortgage related practices of the Company and other major mortgage servicers. The Company continues to cooperate with these investigations. These investigations could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions, as well as significant legal cost in responding to governmental investigations and additional litigation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date in which financial statements are available to be issued and currently, the Company is unable to estimate any loss that may result from penalties imposed by the OCC or other governmental agencies and hence, no amounts have been accrued.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely involved in various claims and legal actions. In light of the uncertainties involved in these government proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Company.

40

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

14.  Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments: Banking and Wealth Management, Mortgage Banking, and Corporate Services. The Company’s reportable business segments are strategic business units that offer distinctive products and services marketed through different channels. These segments are managed separately because of their marketing and distribution requirements.

The Banking and Wealth Management segment includes all banking, lending and investing products and services offered to customers either over the web or telephone or through financial centers or financial advisors. Activity relating to both the TCFG and Bank of Florida acquisitions has been included in the Banking and Wealth Management segment.

The Mortgage Banking segment includes the origination and servicing of mortgage loans and focuses primarily on residential loans for purposes of resale to government-sponsored enterprises, institutional investors or for investment by the Banking and Wealth Management segment.

The Corporate Services segment consists of services provided to the Banking and Wealth Management and Mortgage Banking segments including executive management, technology, legal, human resources, marketing, corporate development, treasury, accounting, finance and other services and transaction-related items. Direct expenses are allocated to the operating segments; unallocated expenses are included in Corporate Services. Certain other expenses, including interest expense on trust preferred debt and transaction-related items, are included in the Corporate Services segment.

The chief operating decision maker’s review of each segment’s performance is based on segment income, which is defined as income from operations before income taxes and certain corporate allocations. Additionally, total net revenue is defined as net interest income before provision for loan and lease losses and total noninterest income.

Intersegment revenue among the Company’s business units reflects the results of a funds transfer pricing (FTP) process, which takes into account assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics and reflects the allocation of net interest income related to the Company’s overall asset and liability management activities. This provides for the creation of an economic benchmark, which allows the Company to determine the profitability of the Company’s products and cost centers, by calculating profitability spreads between product yields and internal references. However, business segments have some latitude to retain certain interest rate exposures related to customer pricing decisions within guidelines.

FTP serves to transfer interest rate risk to the Treasury function through a transfer pricing methodology and cost allocating model. The basis for the allocation of net interest income is a function of the Company’s methodologies and assumptions that management believes are appropriate to accurately reflect business segment results. These factors are subject to change based on changes in current interest rates and market conditions.

41

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The results of each segment are reported on a continuing basis. The following table presents financial information of reportable segments as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. The Eliminations column includes intersegment eliminations required for consolidation purposes.

	As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
	Banking and Wealth Management			Mortgage Banking			Corporate Services		Eliminations		Consolidated
Net interest income (expense)	$	106,545		$	10,496		$	(1,418)	$	-	$	115,623
Total net revenue		131,773			58,369	(1)		(1,326)		-		188,816
Intersegment revenue		(2,624)			2,624			-		-		-
Depreciation and amortization		6,391			586			1,827		-		8,804
Income before income taxes		61,833			(14,522)	(1)		(28,671)		-		18,640
Total assets		12,494,752			1,438,744			92,381		(251,056)		13,774,821
	As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
	Banking and Wealth     Management			Mortgage   Banking			Corporate   Services		Eliminations		Consolidated
Net interest income (expense)	$	105,925		$	9,422		$	(1,654)	$	-	$	113,693
Total net revenue		121,831			54,660			3,055		-		179,546
Intersegment revenue		(2,256)			2,256			-		-		-
Depreciation and amortization		2,558			558			1,342		-		4,458
Income before income taxes		44,865	(2)		(353)			(28,236)		-		16,276
Total assets		10,654,475			1,332,606			113,093		(210,811)		11,889,363

(1) Segment earnings in the Mortgage Banking segment included a $15,144 charge for MSR impairment.

(2) Segment earnings in the Banking and Wealth Management segment included an $8,680 charge for the write off of the remaining Tygris indemnification asset.

42

EverBank Financial Corp and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

15.   Subsequent Events

On April 2, 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the net assets of the Warehouse Lending Division of MetLife Bank N.A. pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 8, 2012 between the Company and MetLife Bank N.A. Consideration for the acquisition was approximately $351 million in cash paid to MetLife Bank N.A. with the assets acquired primarily representing outstandings on commercial lines of credit with an approximate par value of $351 million.

The Company will account for the acquisition using the acquisition method. Based on the acquisition method of accounting, the consideration paid to MetLife Bank N.A. is allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities, including identifiable intangible assets, based on their fair value as of the date of the completion of the acquisition. Any remaining amount of the purchase price in excess of fair value is recorded as goodwill. The purchase price allocation has not been finalized as of the date of this report, but the Company does not expect significant goodwill or bargain purchase gain to be recorded.

43

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is intended to assist readers in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company during the three month period ended March 31, 2012 and should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, as filed with the SEC on May 2, 2012.

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains certain statements that are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, you are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, expectations may prove to have been materially different from the results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Unless otherwise required by law, we also disclaim any obligation to update our view of any such risks or uncertainties or to announce publicly the result of any revisions to the forward-looking statements contained in this report. A number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, those factors described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” contained herein and in “Risk Factors” included in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, as filed with the SEC on May 2, 2012.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period information in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) has been reclassified to conform to current period classifications.

Executive Overview

EverBank Financial Corp (the Company) is a thrift holding company with one direct subsidiary, EverBank (EB or EverBank). EB is a federally chartered thrift institution with its home office located in Jacksonville, Florida. References to “we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company” refer to the holding company and its subsidiaries that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes. We are a diversified financial services company that provides innovative banking, lending and investing products and services to approximately 575,000 customers nationwide through scalable, low-cost distribution channels. Our business model attracts financially sophisticated, self-directed, mass-affluent customers and a diverse base of small and medium-sized business customers. We market and distribute our products and services primarily through our integrated online financial portal, which is augmented by our nationwide network of independent financial advisors, 14 high-volume financial centers in targeted Florida markets and other financial intermediaries. These channels are connected by technology-driven centralized platforms, which provide operating leverage throughout our business.

We have a suite of asset origination and fee income businesses that individually generate attractive financial returns and collectively leverage our core deposit franchise and customer base. We originate, invest in, sell and service residential mortgage loans, equipment leases, and various other consumer and commercial loans, as market conditions warrant. Our organic origination activities are scalable, significant relative to our balance sheet size and provide us with substantial growth potential. Our origination,

44

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

lending and servicing expertise positions us to acquire assets in the capital markets when risk-adjusted returns available through acquisition exceed those available through origination. Our rigorous analytical approach provides capital markets discipline to calibrate our levels of asset origination, retention and acquisition. These activities diversify our earnings, strengthen our balance sheet and provide us with flexibility to capitalize on market opportunities.

Our deposit franchise fosters strong relationships with a large number of financially sophisticated customers and provides us with a stable and flexible source of low, all-in cost funding. We have a demonstrated ability to grow our customer deposit base significantly with short lead time by adapting our product offerings and marketing activities rather than incurring the higher fixed operating costs inherent in more branch-intensive banking models. Our extensive offering of deposit products and services includes proprietary features that distinguish us from our competitors and enhance our value proposition to customers. Our products, distribution and marketing strategies allow us to generate substantial deposit growth while maintaining an attractive mix of high-value transaction and savings accounts.

Performance Highlights

— Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) net income for the first quarter of 2012 was $11.8 million as compared to $9.4 million for the first quarter of 2011. GAAP diluted earnings per share (EPS) was $0.08 for the first quarter of 2012, compared to $0.09 for the first quarter of 2011.

— Adjusted net income was $27.3 million for the first quarter of 2012, as compared to $24.5 million for the first quarter of 2011. Adjusted diluted EPS was $0.28 for the first quarter of 2012, as compared to $0.25 for the first quarter of 2011.

— Total loans and leases held for investment were $7.2 billion during at March 31, 2012, up $0.8 billion, or 12%, from December 31, 2011.

— Loans and leases originated were $2.2 billion for the first quarter.

— Deposits were $10.6 billion at March 31, 2012, up $0.3 billion, or 3%, for the quarter and $0.9 billion, or 9%, year over year.

— Our adjusted non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets decreased to 1.63% as of March 31, 2012, down from 1.86% as of December 31, 2011.

— Tangible book value per as converted common share was $10.40 at March 31, 2012, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income, it was $11.35, up 5% year over year.

— We completed the acquisition of MetLife Bank’s Warehouse Finance business on April 2, 2012 which included approximately $350 million of loans outstanding.

45

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Table 1 “Financial Highlights” sets forth the metrics we use to evaluate the success of our business and our resulting financial position and operating performance. Table 1 includes certain financial information that is calculated and presented on the basis of methodologies other than in accordance with GAAP. We believe these measures provide useful information to investors in evaluating our financial performance. In addition, our management uses these measures to gauge the performance of our operations and for business planning purposes. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies because other companies may not calculate these non-GAAP measures in the same manner. As a result, the usefulness of these measures to investors may be limited, and they should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In Table 1A, Table 1B and Table 1C, we provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures, or in the case of ratios, the measures used in the calculation of such ratios, to the closest measures calculated directly from our GAAP financial statements.

Financial Highlights	Table 1
		Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)		2012				2011
For the Period:
Operating Results:
Net interest income	$		115,623		$		113,693
Provision for loan and lease losses			11,355				18,030
Noninterest income			73,193				65,852
Noninterest expense			158,821				145,239
Net income			11,846				9,416
Net earnings per common share, basic			0.08				0.09
Net earnings per common share, diluted			0.08				0.09
Performance Metrics:
Adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations (1)	$		27,254		$		24,535
Adjusted net earnings per common share, basic (2)			0.29				0.26
Adjusted net earnings per common share, diluted (2)			0.28				0.25
Yield on interest-earning assets			4.96	%			5.64	%
Cost of interest-bearing liabilities			1.16	%			1.54	%
Net interest spread			3.80	%			4.10	%
Net interest margin			3.97	%			4.33	%
Return on average assets			0.36	%			0.32	%
Return on average equity			4.81	%			3.68	%
Adjusted return on average assets (3)			0.83	%			0.82	%
Adjusted return on average equity (3)			11.05	%			9.58	%
Banking and Wealth Management Metrics:
Efficiency ratio (4)			45.2	%			49.1	%
Mortgage Banking Metrics:
Unpaid principal balance of loans originated (in millions)	$		1,906.3		$		1,219.9

46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Financial Highlights		Table 1 (cont.)
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)		March 31,     2012				December 31, 2011
As of Period End:
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$		384,723		$		294,981
Investment securities			2,228,305				2,191,832
Loans held for sale			2,530,966				2,725,286
Loans and leases held for investment, net			7,244,933				6,441,516
Total assets			13,774,821				13,041,678
Deposits			10,552,960				10,265,763
Total liabilities			12,780,132				12,074,013
Total shareholders’ equity			994,689				967,665
Credit Quality Ratios:
Adjusted non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets (see Table 15)			1.63	%			1.86	%
Allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) as a percentage of loans and leases held for investment (excluding ASC 310-30) (see Table 17)			0.94	%			1.15	%
Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 (core) capital ratio (bank level) (see Table 26)			7.7	%			8.0	%
Total risk-based capital ratio (bank level) (see Table 26)			15.2	%			15.7	%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (see Table 1B)			7.1	%			7.3	%
Deposit Metrics:
Total core deposits as a percentage of total deposits (see Table 1C)			95.5	%			95.1	%
Deposit growth (trailing 12 months)			9.0	%			6.0	%
Mortgage Banking Metrics:
Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for the Company and others (in millions)	$		53,646.0		$		54,838.1
Net Tangible Book Value Per as Converted Common Share:
Excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss (5)	$		11.35		$		11.27
Including accumulated other comprehensive loss (6)	$		10.40		$		10.12

(1) Adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations includes adjustments for certain material items that we believe are not reflective of our ongoing business or operating performance, including the Tygris and Bank of Florida acquisitions. For a reconciliation of adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations to net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see Table 1A.

(2) Both basic and diluted adjusted net earnings per common share are calculated using a numerator based on adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations. Adjusted net earnings per common share, basic is a non-GAAP financial measure and its most directly comparable GAAP measure is net earnings per common share, basic. Adjusted net earnings per common share, diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure and its most directly comparable GAAP measure is net earnings per common share, diluted. For 2012, both basic and diluted adjusted net earnings per common share have been adjusted to exclude the impact of the $4.5 million special cash dividend paid to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock on March 1, 2012 which immediately preceded the conversion of all Series A Preferred Stock shares into common stock.

(3) Adjusted return on average assets equals adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations divided by average total assets and adjusted return on average equity equals adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations divided by average shareholders’ equity. Adjusted net income from continuing operations is a non-GAAP measure of our financial performance and its most directly comparable GAAP measure is net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations. For a reconciliation of net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations to adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations, see Table 1A.

47

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(4) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense from our Banking and Wealth Management segment as a percentage of total revenues from our Banking and Wealth Management segment. We use the efficiency ratio to measure noninterest costs expended to generate a dollar of revenue. Because of the significant costs we incur and fees we generate from activities related to our mortgage production and servicing operations, we believe the efficiency ratio is a more meaningful metric when evaluated within our Banking and Wealth Management segment.

(5) Calculated as adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity divided by shares of common stock. Adjusted tangible shareholders’ equity equals shareholders’ equity less goodwill, other intangible assets and accumulated other comprehensive loss (see Table 1B). Net tangible book value per as converted common share is calculated using a denominator that includes actual period end common shares outstanding and additional common shares assuming conversion of all outstanding preferred stock to common stock. Net tangible book value per as converted common share excluding accumulated other comprehensive loss is a non-GAAP financial measure, and its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is book value per common share.

(6) Calculated as tangible shareholders’ equity divided by shares of common stock. Tangible shareholders’ equity equals shareholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets (see Table 1B). Net tangible book value per as converted common share is calculated using a denominator that includes actual period end common shares outstanding and additional common shares assuming conversion of all outstanding preferred stock to common stock. Net tangible book value per as converted common share including accumulated other comprehensive loss is a non-GAAP financial measure, and its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is book value per common share.

A reconciliation of adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations to net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is as follows:

Adjusted Net Income	Table 1A
		Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)		2012			2011
Net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations	$		11,846	$		9,416
Gain on repurchase of trust preferred securities, net of tax			-			(2,910	)
Transaction and non-recurring regulatory related expense, net of tax			3,884			5,613
Decrease in fair value of Tygris indemnification asset resulting from a decrease in estimated future credit losses, net of tax			-			5,382
Increase in Bank of Florida non-accretable discount, net of tax			2,135			501
Impact of change in ALLL methodology, net of tax			-			1,178
Early adoption of TDR guidance and policy change, net of tax			-			4,664
MSR impairment, net of tax			9,389			-
Tax expense related to revaluation of Tygris net unrealized built-in losses			-			691
Adjusted net income attributable to the Company from continuing operations	$		27,254	$		24,535

48

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

A reconciliation of both tangible equity and adjusted tangible equity to shareholders’ equity, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and tangible assets to total assets, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is as follows:

Tangible Equity, Adjusted Tangible Equity and Tangible Assets	Table 1B
(dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Shareholders’ equity	$		994,689		$		967,665
Less:
Goodwill			10,238				10,238
Intangible assets			7,052				7,404
Tangible equity			977,399				950,023
Less:
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(89,196	)			(107,749	)
Adjusted tangible equity	$		1,066,595		$		1,057,772
Total assets	$		13,774,821		$		13,041,678
Less:
Goodwill			10,238				10,238
Intangible assets			7,052				7,404
Tangible assets	$		13,757,531		$		13,024,036

A reconciliation of core deposits to total deposits, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is a follows:

Core Deposits (1)	Table 1C
(dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Total deposits	$		10,552,960	$		10,265,763
Less:
Brokered deposits			258,285			225,122
CDARS® One-Way BuySM time deposits			217,898			273,266
Core deposits	$		10,076,777	$		9,767,375

(1) We measure core deposits as a percentage of total deposits to monitor the amount of our deposits that we believe demonstrate characteristics of being long-term, stable sources of funding. We define core deposits as deposits in which we interface directly with our customers. These deposits include demand deposits, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, other transaction accounts, escrow deposits, money market deposit accounts, savings deposits, and time deposits where we maintain a primary customer relationship. Our definition of core deposits differs from regulatory and industry definitions, which generally exclude time deposits with balances greater than $100,000 and/or deposits generated from sources under which marketing fees are paid as a percentage of the deposit. Because the balances held by our customers and methods by which we pay our marketing sources have not impacted the stability of our funding sources, in our determination of what constitutes a “core” deposit, we have focused on what we believe drives funding stability, i.e., whether we maintain the primary customer relationships. We occasionally participate in Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC’s CDARS^® One-Way Buy^SM products and bulk orders of master certificates through deposit brokers, including investment banking and brokerage firms, to manage our liquidity needs. Because these deposits do not allow us to maintain the primary customer relationship, we do not characterize such deposits as core deposits.

49

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Analysis of Statements of Income

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest income of the Company from earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average rate; (iii) net interest income; (iv) net interest spread; and (v) net interest margin. Information is based on average daily balances during the indicated periods.

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis											Table 2
	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2012							March 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	Average Balance		Interest		Yield/ Rate			Average Balance		Interest			Yield/     Rate
Assets:
Interest-earning assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	165,116	$	104		0.25	%	$	1,351,051	$		842		0.25%
Investment securities		2,083,922		20,271		3.89	%		2,146,832			26,000		4.85%
Other investments		98,531		278		1.13	%		137,374			244		0.72%
Loans held for sale		2,706,953		33,949		5.02	%		931,776			10,245		4.40%
Loans and leases held for investment:
Residential mortgages		4,683,368		48,088		4.11	%		4,210,961			52,166		4.96%
Commercial and commercial real estate		1,179,988		16,446		5.51	%		1,185,506			18,813		6.35%
Lease financing receivables		583,479		23,866		16.36	%		449,761			39,103		34.78%
Home equity lines		197,819		2,370		4.82	%		220,295			2,611		4.81%
Consumer and credit card		7,859		59		3.02	%		10,533			55		2.12%
Total loans and leases held for investment		6,652,513		90,829		5.45	%		6,077,056			112,748		7.42%
Total interest-earning assets		11,707,035	$	145,431		4.96	%		10,644,089	$		150,079		5.64%
Noninterest-earning assets		1,352,553							1,290,481
Total assets	$	13,059,588						$	11,934,570
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing demand	$	2,107,758	$	3,740		0.71	%	$	2,040,899	$		5,191		1.03%
Market-based money market accounts		450,688		852		0.76	%		400,696			1,033		1.05%
Savings and money market accounts, excluding market-based		3,772,238		7,048		0.75	%		3,569,606			9,232		1.05%
Market-based time		901,188		2,364		1.06	%		859,802			1,941		0.92%
Time, excluding market-based		1,906,910		6,970		1.47	%		1,844,096			8,793		1.93%
Total deposits		9,138,782		20,974		0.92	%		8,715,099			26,190		1.22%
Borrowings:
Trust preferred securities		103,750		1,418		5.50	%		105,194			1,655		6.38%
FHLB advances		1,062,178		7,329		2.78	%		768,915			8,457		4.46%
Repurchase agreements		22,295		87		1.57	%		20,675			84		1.65%
Other		36		-		0.00	%		17			-		0.00%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		10,327,041	$	29,808		1.16	%		9,609,900	$		36,386		1.54%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		1,304,715							993,398
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities		441,703							288,591
Total liabilities		12,073,459							10,891,889
Total shareholders’ equity		986,129							1,042,681
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	13,059,588						$	11,934,570
Net interest income/spread			$	115,623		3.80	%			$		113,693		4.10%
Net interest margin						3.97	%							4.33%

(1) The average balances are principally daily averages, and, for loans, include both performing and non-performing balances.

(2) Interest income on loans includes the effects of discount accretion and net deferred loan origination costs accounted for as yield adjustments.

(3) All interest income was fully taxable for all periods presented.

50

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in average interest rates. The following table shows the effect that these factors had on the interest earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on our interest-bearing liabilities.

Analysis of Change in Net Interest Income								Table 3
		Three Months Ended
		March 31, 2012 Compared
		to March 31, 2011
		Increase (Decrease) Due to
(dollars in thousands)		Volume			Rate			Total
Interest-earning assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$		(737)	$		(1)	$		(738)
Investment securities			(759)			(4,970)			(5,729)
Other investments			(70)			104			34
Loans held for sale			19,420			4,284			23,704
Loans and leases held for investment:
Residential mortgages			5,826			(9,904)			(4,078)
Commercial and commercial real estate			(87)			(2,280)			(2,367)
Lease financing receivables			11,563			(26,800)			(15,237)
Home equity lines			(269)			28			(241)
Consumer and credit card			(14)			18			4
Total loans and leases held for investment			17,019			(38,938)			(21,919)
Total change in interest income			34,873			(39,521)			(4,648)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing demand	$		171	$		(1,622)	$		(1,451)
Market-based money market accounts			131			(312)			(181)
Savings and money market accounts, excluding market-based			529			(2,713)			(2,184)
Market-based time			95			328			423
Time, excluding market-based			301			(2,124)			(1,823)
Total deposits			1,227			(6,443)			(5,216)
Borrowings:
Trust preferred securities			(23)			(214)			(237)
FHLB advances			3,252			(4,380)			(1,128)
Repurchase agreements			7			(4)			3
Total change in interest expense			4,463			(11,041)			(6,578)
Total change in net interest income	$		30,410	$		(28,480)	$		1,930

51

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(1) The effect of changes in volume is determined by multiplying the change in volume by the previous period’s average yield/cost. Similarly, the effect of rate changes is calculated by multiplying the change in average yield/cost by the previous period’s volume. Changes applicable to both volume and rate have been allocated to rate.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is affected by both changes in interest rates (rate) and the amount and composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (volume). Net interest margin is defined as net interest income as a percentage of average earning assets.

Net interest income, on a taxable equivalent basis, increased by $1.9 million, or 2%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due to a decrease in interest expense of $6.6 million partially offset by a decrease in interest income of $4.6 million. Our net interest margin decreased by 36 basis points in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Yields on our earning assets decreased by 68 basis points in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, due to lower yields on investment securities and loans and leases held for investment. Yields on our investment securities portfolio decreased by 96 basis points in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease in yield is driven by less accretion income due to the continued run off of deeply discounted investment securities. Additions to the securities portfolio are purchased at lower yields as a result of improved liquidity and reduced interest rates. Also contributing to the decline in yields on our earning assets were lower yields in nearly every category of loans and leases held for investment. The decrease in loan and lease yields was led by our lease financing receivables portfolio as a result of continued run off of deeply discounted lease financing receivables acquired in the Tygris acquisition during fiscal year 2010.

Partially offsetting the lower yields on our earning assets were lower funding costs primarily due to lower rates paid on our interest-bearing deposits, reflective of the re-pricing of our deposits at lower interest rates, and an increased focus on improving our deposit mix. Rates paid on our deposits decreased by 30 basis points in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. Additionally, we experienced lower funding costs associated with our other borrowings. Yields decreased on total interest-bearing liabilities by 38 basis points in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Average balances of our interest-earning assets increased by $1.1 billion, or 10%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to a $1.8 billion increase in our loans held for sale and a $0.6 billion increase in loans and leases held for investment. This was partially offset by a $1.2 billion decrease in interest-earning cash and cash equivalents.

This increase in average balances of loans held for sale for the period is due to our investment in GNMA whole loan acquisitions. Average balances in our held for investment residential mortgage portfolio increased $472.4 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, due primarily to continued organic growth and strategic acquisitions of ARM products. Average balances in our held for investment lease financing receivables portfolio increased $133.7 million, primarily due to growth in our office products, technology and healthcare platforms as part of an overall plan to achieve scale through market penetration and expansion.

Average balances in our interest-bearing liabilities increased by $717.1 million, or 7%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, primarily due to an increase in average balances in our interest-bearing deposits and FHLB advances. Average balances in our interest-bearing deposits increased $423.7 million, or 5%, primarily due to growth in savings and money market accounts. Average balances in our FHLB advances increased $293.3 million, or 38%, due to an increase in wholesale funding by the Company to take advantage of historically low interest rates.

52

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

We assess the allowance for loan and lease losses and make provisions for loan and lease losses as deemed appropriate in order to maintain the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Increases in the allowance for loan and lease losses are achieved through provisions for loan and lease losses that are charged against income. Adjustments to the allowance may also result from adjustments to credit-impaired loans associated with loans acquired. We recorded a provision for loan and lease losses of $11.4 million in the first quarter of 2012 which is a decrease of 37% from $18.0 million in the same period in 2011. Residential first mortgages led the decrease with better loan performance due to a more stable market as well as improvement in loan performance due to the addition of high credit quality loans and leases.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased $7.3 million, or 11%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The following table illustrates the primary components of noninterest income for the periods indicated.

Noninterest Income				Table 4
	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012		2011
Loan servicing fee income	$	45,556	$		48,876
Amortization of MSR		(29,339)			(22,788)
Impairment of MSR		(15,144)			-
Net loan servicing income		1,073			26,088
Gain on sale of loans		48,177			13,477
Loan production revenue		7,437			6,407
Deposit fee income		6,239			5,160
Other lease income		8,663			6,732
Other		1,604			7,988
Total Noninterest Income	$	73,193	$		65,852

The increase in noninterest income was driven primarily by gain on sale of loans. Gain on sale of loans increased $34.7 million, or 257%, which was primarily driven by our mortgage lending business which increased $25.0 million, or 199%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. An increase in mortgage lending volume of $686 million or 56% to $1.9 billion from $1.2 billion drove the increase in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Realized gains from third party loans sales and changes in fair value loans and related hedging positions increased $16.6 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The increase resulted from an increase in the size of positions hedged related to interest rate lock commitments and loans measured at fair value as well as a favorable increase in the change in the fair value measurements based on market demand. Additional increases resulted from favorable gains on sales to third parties driven primarily by the sale of GNMA loans that were acquired or purchased out of our servicing portfolio and overall favorable rate and market conditions.

This increase was offset by a decrease in net loan servicing income. Net loan servicing income decreased $25.0 million, or 96%, primarily due to MSR impairment of $15.1 million recorded during the first quarter of 2012. An increase in portfolio prepayment speeds due to a low rate environment and government sponsored programs as compared to the same period in 2011 drove the MSR impairment. Loan servicing income also decreased as a result of a $6.6 million increase in MSR amortization from increased run off and a $3.3 million decline in servicing fees from a decline in the servicing portfolio UPB. Servicing UPB decreased $4.0 billion in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

53

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Other noninterest income decreased $6.4 million, or 80%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due primarily to the $4.4 million gain on repurchase of trust preferred securities recognized in the first quarter 2011.

Other lease income increased $1.9 million, or 29%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to growth in our operating lease portfolio. Operating lease assets increased $44.8 million, or 194%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased $13.6 million, or 9%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The following table illustrates the primary components of noninterest expense for the periods indicated.

Noninterest Expense				Table 5
	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012		2011
Salaries, commissions and other employee benefits expense	$	66,590	$		57,373
Equipment expense		15,948			10,760
Occupancy expense		5,349			4,540
General and administrative expense:
Professional fees		15,610			15,698
Other credit-related expenses		11,810			15,520
Foreclosure and OREO expense		10,959			11,900
FDIC premium assessment and other agency fees		9,261			5,272
Other		23,294			24,176
Total general and administrative expense		70,934			72,566
Total Noninterest Expense	$	158,821	$		145,239

The increase in noninterest expense was driven primarily by an increase in salaries, commissions and employee benefits as well as occupancy and equipment expense. Salaries, commissions and employee benefits increased $9.2 million, or 16%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, due primarily to growth in our Mortgage Banking reporting segment. Mortgage Banking salaries, commissions and employee benefits increased $6.3 million, due primarily to increases in our default servicing area, and our customer direct channel. Additionally, salaries, commission and employee benefits increased $1.9 million in our Corporate Services reporting segment due to growth in our general operations support services and $1.0 million in our Banking and Wealth Management reporting segment.

Occupancy and equipment expense increased $6.0 million, or 39%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The increase is primarily due to increased depreciation expense related to our operating lease assets.

General and administrative expense decreased $1.6 million, or 2%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease is led by the $8.7 million non-recurring write-down of the TCFG indemnification asset during the first quarter 2011. The decrease is partially offset by an increase in FDIC premium assessment and other agency fees of $4.0 million.

54

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Portfolio expense increased $1.7 million, or 106%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due to an increase in mortgage lending volume.

Advertising and marketing expense increased $1.5 million, or 33%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due primarily to the annual increase in the fee associated with the EverBank stadium naming rights as well as increased marketing to acquire new depositors.

Provision for Income Taxes and Effective Tax Rates

Provision for Income Taxes and Effective Tax Rates					Table 6
		Three Months Ended
		March 31,
(dollars in thousands)		2012			2011
Provision for income taxes	$		6,794	$		6,860
Effective tax rates			36.4%			42.1%

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes. For the three months ending March 31, 2011, the Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes and a $691 increase to income tax expense for the revaluation of the net unrealized built-in losses associated with the Tygris acquisition.

Segment Results

We evaluate our overall financial performance through three financial reporting segments: Banking and Wealth Management, Mortgage Banking and Corporate Services. To generate financial information by operating segment, we use an internal profitability reporting system which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations. We continually review and refine many of these estimates and allocations, many of which are subjective in nature. Any changes we make to estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any business segment do not affect our consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations.

We use funds transfer pricing in the calculation of the respective operating segment’s net interest income to measure the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. The difference between the interest income on earning assets and the interest expense on funding liabilities and the corresponding funds transfer pricing charge for interest income or credit for interest expense results in net interest income. We allocate risk-adjusted capital to our segments based upon the credit, liquidity, operating and interest rate risk inherent in the segment’s asset and liability composition and operations. These capital allocations are determined based upon formulas that incorporate regulatory, GAAP and economic capital frameworks including risk-weighting assets, allocating noninterest expense and incorporating economic liquidity premiums for assets deemed by management to lower liquidity profiles.

Our Banking and Wealth Management segment often invests in loans originated from asset generation channels contained within our Mortgage Banking segment. When intersegment acquisitions take place, we assign an estimate of the market value to the asset and record the transfer as a market purchase. In addition, intersegment cash balances are eliminated in segment reporting. The effects of these intersegment allocations and transfers are eliminated in consolidated reporting.

55

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following table summarizes segment income and total assets for each of our segments as of and for each of the periods shown:

Business Segments Selected Financial Information															Table 7A
		Banking and  Wealth Management				Mortgage   Banking			Corporate   Services			Eliminations			Consolidated
(dollars in thousands)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Net interest income	$		106,545		$		10,496	$		(1,418)	$		-	$		115,623
Provision for loan and lease losses			10,315				1,040			-			-			11,355
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses			96,230				9,456			(1,418)			-			104,268
Noninterest income			25,228				47,873			92			-			73,193
Noninterest expense:
Foreclosure and OREO expense			7,962				2,997			-			-			10,959
Other credit-related expenses			(183)				11,990			3			-			11,810
All other noninterest expense			51,846				56,864			27,342			-			136,052
Income (loss) before income tax			61,833				(14,522)			(28,671)			-			18,640
Adjustment items (pre-tax):
Increase in Bank of Florida non-accretable discount			3,444				-			-			-			3,444
MSR impairment			-				15,144			-			-			15,144
Transaction and non-recurring regulatory related expense			-				4,722			1,542			-			6,264
Adjusted income (loss) before income tax	$		65,277		$		5,344	$		(27,129)	$		-	$		43,492
Total assets as of March 31, 2012	$		12,494,752		$		1,438,744	$		92,381	$		(251,056)	$		13,774,821
Efficiency Ratios:
GAAP basis:
including foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			45.2	%												84.1	%
excluding foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			39.3	%												72.1	%
Adjusted basis:
including foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			45.2	%												74.8	%
excluding foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			39.3	%												63.6	%

56

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Business Segments Selected Financial Information															Table 7B
		Banking and    Wealth Management				Mortgage   Banking			Corporate   Services			Eliminations			Consolidated
(dollars in thousands)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
Net interest income	$		105,925		$		9,422	$		(1,654)	$		-	$		113,693
Provision for loan and lease losses			17,186				844			-			-			18,030
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses			88,739				8,578			(1,654)			-			95,663
Noninterest income			15,905				45,238			4,709			-			65,852
Noninterest expense:
Foreclosure and OREO expense			8,567				3,333			-			-			11,900
Other credit-related expenses			1,812				13,708			-			-			15,520
All other noninterest expense			49,400				37,128			31,291			-			117,819
Income (loss) before income tax			44,865				(353)			(28,236)			-			16,276
Adjustment items (pre-tax):
Increase in Bank of Florida non-accretable discount			807				-			-			-			807
Impact of change in ALLL methodology			1,900				-			-			-			1,900
Early adoption of TDR guidance and policy change			7,522				-			-			-			7,522
Gain on repurchase of trust preferred securities			-				-			(4,692)			-			(4,692)
Decrease in fair value of Tygris indemnification asset			8,680				-			-			-			8,680
Transaction and non-recurring regulatory related expense			-				205			8,848			-			9,053
Adjusted income (loss) before income tax	$		63,774		$		(148)	$		(24,080)	$		-	$		39,546
Total assets as of March 31, 2011	$		10,654,475		$		1,332,606	$		113,093	$		(210,811)	$		11,889,363
Efficiency Ratios:
GAAP basis:
including foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			49.1	%												80.9	%
excluding foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			40.5	%												65.6	%
Adjusted basis:
including foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			41.9	%												72.9	%
excluding foreclosure, OREO and other credit-related expenses			33.4	%												57.2	%

57

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Banking and Wealth Management

Banking and Wealth Management		Table 8
	Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012			2011
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans and leases	$		116,901	$	115,822
Interest and dividends on investment securities			20,549		26,242
Other interest income (1)			7,201		8,379
Total interest income			144,651		150,443
Interest expense
Deposits			20,969		26,183
Other borrowings			7,417		8,542
Other interest expense (2)			9,720		9,793
Total interest expense			38,106		44,518
Net interest income			106,545		105,925
Provision for loan and lease losses			10,315		17,186
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses			96,230		88,739
Noninterest income
Gain on sale of loans			10,552		883
Other			14,676		15,022
Total noninterest income			25,228		15,905
Noninterest expense
Salaries, commissions and employee benefits			20,664		19,692
Equipment and occupancy			11,348		6,902
Foreclosure and OREO			7,962		8,567
Other general and administrative			19,651		24,618
Total noninterest expense			59,625		59,779
Income before income taxes	$		61,833	$	44,865

(1) Other interest income includes interest income from interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents and intersegment interest income.

(2) Other interest expense represents intersegment interest expense.

Banking and Wealth Management segment earnings increased $17.0 million, or 38%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, primarily due to an increase in noninterest income and a decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses.

Net interest income remained steady with a slight increase of $0.6 million, or 1%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, due to a decrease in interest income of $5.8 million which is offset by a decrease in interest expense of $6.4 million. For a detailed explanation of changes in net interest income, please refer to our volume/rate analysis in Table 3.

58

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Provision for loan and lease loss decreased $6.9 million, or 40%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 due to the addition of high credit quality originated loans in our residential first mortgages. In addition there was an improvement in loan performance due to a more stable market.

Noninterest income increased $9.3 million, or 59%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 primarily due to an increase in gains from third party loans sales of $9.7 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The increase resulted from favorable gains on sales to third parties driven primarily by the sale of GNMA loans that were acquired or purchased out of our servicing portfolio and securitized as a result of overall favorable rate and market conditions. Lower gains were recognized in the first quarter 2011 as loan sales were comprised primarily of loans purchased out of our servicing portfolio.

Noninterest expense remained steady with a decrease of $0.2 million, or less than 1%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. Despite the nominal net change, equipment and occupancy expense increased $4.4 million, or 64%, due primarily to an increase in depreciation expense associated with an increase in our operating lease equipment assets. Additionally, general and administrative expense decreased $5.6 million, or 17%, primarily as the result of the non-recurring write-down of the TCFG indemnification asset of $8.7 million in the first quarter 2011 which is offset by an increase in FDIC premiums of $3.7 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011.

Mortgage Banking

Mortgage Banking		Table 9
	Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012			2011
Net interest income	$		10,496	$	9,422
Provision for loan and lease losses			1,040		844
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses			9,456		8,578
Noninterest income
Gain on sale of loans			37,625		12,594
Loan servicing fee income:
Loan servicing fee income			47,690		49,081
Amortization and impairment of MSR			(44,483)		(22,788)
Net loan servicing income			3,207		26,293
Other			7,041		6,351
Total noninterest income			47,873		45,238
Noninterest expense
Salaries, commissions and employee benefits			29,437		23,129
Equipment and occupancy			4,474		4,249
Professional fees			6,150		965
Foreclosure and OREO			2,997		3,333
Other credit-related expenses			11,990		13,708
Other general and administrative			16,803		8,785
Total noninterest expense			71,851		54,169
Loss before income taxes	$		(14,522)	$	(353)

59

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Mortgage Banking segment earnings decreased $14.2 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, primarily due to an increase in noninterest expense.

Noninterest income increased $2.6 million, or 6%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The increase was driven by a $25 million increase in gain on sale of loans. The increase was primarily driven by our mortgage lending business. Mortgage lending volume increased $686.4 million, or 56%, to $1.9 billion during the first quarter of 2012 from $1.2 billion during the first quarter of 2011. In addition, gains from third party loans sales and changes in fair value loans and related hedging positions increased from an increase in the size of positions hedged related to interest rate lock commitments and loans measured at fair value as well as a favorable increase in the change in the fair value measurements. Additional increases resulted from gains on sales to third parties driven by overall favorable rate and market conditions.

Offsetting this increase was a $23.1 million decrease in net loan servicing income, primarily due to MSR impairment of $15.1 million recorded during the first quarter of 2012. Additional loan servicing income decreases resulted from an increase in MSR amortization from increased run off and a decline in servicing fees from a decline in the servicing portfolio UPB.

Noninterest expense increased $17.7 million, or 33%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, primarily due to increases in salaries, commissions, and employee benefits as well as in legal and professional expenses. Headcount increases in our default servicing area, as well as increased headcount in our customer direct channel drove the increase in salaries, commissions and employee benefits.

Corporate Services

Corporate Services		Table 10
	Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012			2011
Net interest income	$		(1,418)	$	(1,654)
Noninterest income			92		4,709
Noninterest expense
Salaries, commissions and employee benefits			16,489		14,551
Equipment and occupancy			5,476		4,150
Other general and administrative			5,380		12,590
Total noninterest expense			27,345		31,291
Loss before income taxes	$		(28,671)	$	(28,236)

Corporate services segment earnings remained steady with a slight decrease of $0.4 million, or 2%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. Noninterest income decreased by $4.6 million, or 98%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 as the result of a gain on repurchase of preferred trust securities recognized during the first quarter of 2011.

Noninterest expense decreased $3.9 million, or 13%, due primarily to a decrease in general and administrative expense of $7.2 million, or 57%, in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. General and administrative expense decreased primarily due to less costs recognized related to the initial public offering and less costs spent on business development in the first quarter of 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. This decrease is offset by an increase in salaries, commissions, and employee benefits of $1.9 million due to growth in our general operations support services.

60

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Analysis of Statements of Condition

Investment Securities

Our overall investment strategy focuses on acquiring investment-grade senior mortgage-backed securities backed by seasoned loans with high credit quality and credit enhancements to generate earnings in the form of interest and dividends, while offering liquidity, credit and interest rate risk management opportunities to support our asset/liability management strategy. Within our investment strategy, we also utilize highly rated structured products including Re-securitized Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (Re-REMICs) for the added protection from credit losses and ratings deteriorations that accompany alternative securities. All securities investments satisfy our internal guidelines for credit profile and have a relatively short duration which helps mitigate interest rate risk arising from the current low level of market interest rates.

Securities available for sale are used as part of our asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, factors such as changes in market conditions and interest rates, changes in security prepayment rates, liquidity considerations and regulatory capital requirements.

The following tables show, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities:

Investment Securities										Table 11
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Fair		Carrying
(dollars in thousands)	Cost		Gains		Losses		Value		Amount
March 31, 2012
Available for sale:
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO) securities - agency	$	80	$	7	$	-	$	87	$		87
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		1,931,621		22,276		24,103		1,929,794			1,929,794
Residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS) - agency		291		17		-		308			308
Asset-backed securities (ABS)		10,556		-		3,211		7,345			7,345
Equity securities		77		137		-		214			214
		1,942,625		22,437		27,314		1,937,748			1,937,748
Held to maturity:
Residential CMO securities - agency		151,919		5,275		-		157,194			151,919
Residential MBS - agency		28,263		1,427		67		29,623			28,263
Corporate securities		10,460		-		2,410		8,050			10,460
		190,642		6,702		2,477		194,867			190,642
	$	2,133,267	$	29,139	$	29,791	$	2,132,615	$		2,128,390

61

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Investment Securities							Table 11 (cont.)
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Fair		Carrying
	Cost		Gains		Losses		Value		Amount
December 31, 2011
Available for sale:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	96	$	8	$	-	$	104	$	104
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		1,919,046		17,609		40,837		1,895,818		1,895,818
Residential MBS agency		317		21		-		338		338
Asset-backed securities (ABS)		10,573		-		3,096		7,477		7,477
Equity securities		77		108		-		185		185
		1,930,109		17,746		43,933		1,903,922		1,903,922
Held to maturity:
Residential CMO securities - agency		159,882		6,029		78		165,833		159,882
Residential MBS - agency		19,132		1,464		-		20,596		19,132
Corporate securities		10,504		-		2,583		7,921		10,504
		189,518		7,493		2,661		194,350		189,518
	$	2,119,627	$	25,239	$	46,594	$	2,098,272	$	2,093,440

Residential — Agency

At March 31, 2012, our residential agency portfolio consisted of both residential agency CMO securities and residential agency MBS securities. Investments in residential agency CMO securities totaled $152.0 million, or 7% of our investment securities portfolio. Our residential agency MBS portfolio totaled $28.6 million, or 1% of our investment securities portfolio. Our residential agency portfolio is secured by seasoned first-lien fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans insured by GSEs.

Our residential agency CMO securities decreased $8.0 million, or 5%, to $152.0 million at March 31, 2012 from $160.0 million at December 31, 2011 due to the reclassification of securities to the residential agency MBS category and reductions to amortized cost resulting from principal payments received and the amortization of premiums and discounts partially offset by purchases of additional securities. Our residential agency MBS securities increased $9.1 million, or 47%, to $28.6 million at March 31, 2012 from $19.5 million at December 31, 2011 due to the reclassification of securities from the residential agency CMO category and purchases partially offset by reductions to amortized cost resulting from principal payments received and the amortization of premiums and discounts.

Residential — Nonagency

At March 31, 2012, our residential nonagency CMO securities portfolio consisted almost entirely of investments in residential nonagency CMO securities. Investments in residential nonagency CMO securities totaled $1.9 billion, or 91% of our investment securities portfolio.

Our residential nonagency CMO securities increased $34.0 million, or 2%, to $1.9 billion at March 31, 2012 due to purchases of additional securities and changes in the market value of the securities held.

Our residential nonagency CMO securities are secured by seasoned first-lien fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans backed by loan originators other than a GSE. Mortgage collateral is structured into a series of classes known as tranches, each of which contains a different maturity profile and pay-down priority in order to suit investor demands for duration, yield, credit risk and prepayment volatility. We have primarily invested in CMO securities rated in the highest category

62

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

assigned by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Many of these securities are Re-REMICs, which adds credit subordination to provide protection against future losses and rating downgrades. Re-REMICs constituted $1.3 billion, or 67% of our residential nonagency CMO investment securities at March 31, 2012.

We have internal guidelines for the credit quality and duration of our residential CMO securities portfolio and monitor these on a regular basis. At March 31, 2012, the portfolio carried a weighted average Fair Isaac Corporation, or FICO, score of 730, an amortized loan-to-value ratio, or LTV, of 66%, and was seasoned 78 months. This portfolio includes protection against credit losses through subordination in the securities structures and borrower equity.

During the first three months of 2012, there were no sales of residential agency and nonagency CMO securities.

Loans and Leases Held for Investment

The following table presents the balance of each major category in our loan and lease portfolio at March 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011:

Loans and Leases Held for Investment Table 12

	March 31,		December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012		2011
Residential mortgages	$	5,277,707	$	4,556,841
Commercial and commercial real estate		1,237,376		1,165,384
Lease financing receivables		605,763		588,501
Home equity lines		195,178		200,112
Consumer and credit card		7,163		8,443
Total loans and leases, net of discounts		7,323,187		6,519,281
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(78,254)		(77,765)
Total loans and leases, net	$	7,244,933	$	6,441,516
The balances presented above include:
Net purchase loan and lease discounts	$	203,100	$	237,170
Net deferred loan and lease origination costs		20,202		19,057

Residential Mortgage Loans

At March 31, 2012, our residential mortgage loans totaled $5.3 billion, or 72% of our total held for investment loan and lease portfolio. We primarily offer our customers residential closed-end mortgage loans typically secured by first liens on one-to-four family residential properties. Additionally, we invest in government-insured GNMA pool buyouts purchased from GNMA pool securities and other loans secured by residential real estate.

Residential mortgage loans increased by $720.9 million, or 16%, to $5.3 billion at March 31, 2012 from $4.6 billion at December 31, 2011. This increase was driven primarily by organic loan production and a strategic loan acquisition, which was partially offset by principal paydowns.

63

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Commercial and Commercial Real Estate Loans

At March 31, 2012, our commercial and commercial real estate loans, which include owner-occupied commercial real estate, commercial investment properties, asset-backed commercial and small business commercial loans, totaled $1.2 billion, or 17% of our total held for investment loan and lease portfolio.

Commercial and commercial real estate loans increased by $72.0 million, or 6%, to $1.2 billion at March 31, 2012 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011, due to new originations within our commercial real estate loans portfolio and originations and draws in our asset-backed commercial finance loan portfolio. These were partially offset by principal paydowns and other activity in our legacy commercial loan portfolio.

Lease Financing Receivables

Lease financing receivables increased by $17.3 million, or 3%, to $605.8 million, or 8% of our total held for investment loan and lease portfolio at March 31, 2012 from $588.5 million at December 31, 2011. The increase was due to new lease originations, which were partially offset by paydowns of existing leases. Our leases generally consist of short-term and medium-term leases and loans secured by office equipment, office technology systems, healthcare and other essential-use small business equipment. All of our lease financing receivables were either purchased as a part of the Tygris acquisition or originated out of the operations of Tygris, which was rebranded as EverBank Commercial Finance, Inc. (ECF).

Home Equity Lines

At March 31, 2012, our home equity lines totaled $195.2 million, or 3% of our total held for investment loan and lease portfolio. We offer home equity closed-end loans and revolving lines of credit typically secured by junior or senior liens on one-to-four family residential properties. Home equity lines decreased by $4.9 million, or 2%, to $195.2 million at March 31, 2012 from $200.1 million at December 31, 2011, due to paydowns on our existing lines of credit.

Consumer and Credit Card Loans

At March 31, 2012, consumer and credit card loans, in the aggregate, totaled $7.2 million, or less than 1% of our total held for investment portfolio. These loans include direct personal loans, credit card loans and lines of credit, automobile and other loans to our customers which are generally secured by personal property. Lines of credit are generally floating rate loans that are unsecured or secured by personal property.

Loan and Lease Quality

We use a comprehensive methodology to monitor credit quality and prudently manage credit concentration within our portfolio of loans and leases. Our underwriting policies and practices govern the risk profile, credit and geographic concentration for our loan and lease portfolios. We also have a comprehensive methodology to monitor these credit quality standards, including a risk classification system that identifies potential problem loans based on risk characteristics by loan type as well as the early identification of deterioration at the individual loan level. In addition to our ALLL, we have additional protections against potential credit losses, including credit indemnification and similar support agreements with the FDIC and other parties, purchase discounts on acquired loans and leases and other credit-related reserves, such as those on unfunded commitments.

Discounts on Acquired Loans and Lease Financing Receivables

For acquired credit-impaired, or ACI, loans and lease financing receivables accounted for under (or by analogy to) ASC 310-30, we periodically reassess cash flow expectations at a pool or loan/lease level. In the case of improving cash flow expectations for a particular pool, we reclassify an amount of non-accretable difference as accretable yield, thus increasing the prospective yield of the pool. In the case of deteriorating cash flow expectations, we record a provision for loan or lease loss, following the

64

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

allowance for loan loss framework. For more information on ACI loans and lease financing receivables accounted for under (or by analogy to) ASC 310-30, see Note 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements of EverBank Financial Corp and subsidiaries as of and for the period ended March 31, 2012.

The following table presents a bridge from UPB or contractual net investment to carrying value for ACI loans and lease financing receivables accounted for under (or by analogy to) ASC 310-30 at March 31, 2012:

Carrying Value of Acquired Credit-Impaired Loans										Table 13
	March 31, 2012
		Bank of
(dollars in thousands)		Florida				Other				Total
Under ASC 310-30
UPB or contractual net investment	$		653,410		$		519,997		$		1,173,407
Plus: contractual interest due or unearned income			225,051				405,934				630,985
Contractual cash flows due			878,461				925,931				1,804,392
Less: nonaccretable difference			152,558				354,373				506,931
Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses			15,081				4,548				19,629
Expected cash flows			710,822				567,010				1,277,832
Less: accretable yield			120,148				68,128				188,276
Carrying value	$		590,674		$		498,882		$		1,089,556
Carrying value as a percentage of UPB or contractual net investment			90	%			96	%			93	%

In the Bank of Florida ACI portfolio, an impairment charge of $3.4 million was recognized for the period ending March 31, 2012 due to a reduction in cash flow expectations in certain pools of loans. Within this portfolio, we reclassified $11.9 million to nonaccretable difference from accretable yield as a result of this reduction in cash flows.

In the Tygris ACI portfolio, payments received during the year ended December 31, 2011 caused the pool to move from classification under ASC 310-30 to cost recovery. In conjunction with this occurrence, we adopted a policy of accounting for ACI pools of loans or lease financing receivables under the cost recovery method if payments over a period reduce their carrying value to zero. While the book value is zero, the Company still expects trailing cash flows from these pools of loans over the next couple of years.

In our other ACI portfolio, additional impairment of $0.2 million was recognized for the period ended March 31, 2012. Within this portfolio, we reclassified $8.5 million to accretable yield as there was an increase in expected cash flows in certain pools of loans.

65

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For non-ACI loans and lease financing receivables accounted for under ASC 310-20, we periodically monitor the accretable purchase discount and recognize an allowance for loan loss if the discount is not sufficient to absorb incurred losses. The following table presents a bridge from UPB or contractual net investment to carrying value for non-ACI loans and lease financing receivables accounted for under ASC 310-20 at March 31, 2012:

Recorded Investment of Non-ACI Loans and Leases														Table 14
(dollars in thousands)		Bank of       Florida				Tygris				Other				Total
Under ASC 310-20
March 31, 2012
UPB or contractual net investment	$		49,629		$		186,575		$		2,658,978		$		2,895,182
Less: net purchase discount			16,497				39,450				67,508				123,455
Recorded investment	$		33,132		$		147,125		$		2,591,470		$		2,771,727
Recorded investment as a percentage of   UPB or contractual net investment			67	%			79	%			97	%			96	%
December 31, 2011
UPB or contractual net investment	$		58,519		$		225,794		$		2,067,453		$		2,351,766
Less: net purchase discount			16,959				49,708				80,720				147,387
Recorded investment	$		41,560		$		176,086		$		1,986,733		$		2,204,379
Recorded investment as a percentage of   UPB or contractual net investment			71	%			78	%			96	%			94	%

Our non-ACI portfolio for Bank of Florida consists of revolving lines of credit that were scoped out of ASC 310-30 due to their revolving nature. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, there was not a significant change in the amount of purchase discount in this portfolio as there was normal accretion of the discount (non-credit) and nominal charge-offs for the period. Charge-offs associated with this portfolio are initially taken through the purchase discount and any additional allowance that may be necessary would be taken through provision for loan and lease losses.

Our non-ACI portfolio for Tygris consists of leases that did not have evidence of credit deterioration since origination when we purchased these leases. The purchase discount related to the ECF portfolio is considered to be the additional discount when comparing our carrying value to the contractual net investment of the lease as recorded by Tygris prior to acquisition and represents additional yield in addition to the normal yield associated with these leases. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we recognized $10.0 million in discount accretion through interest income and had charge-offs of $0.3 million. Similar to the Bank of Florida portfolio, charge-offs associated with this portfolio are initially taken through the purchase discount and any additional allowance that may be necessary would be taken through provision for loan and leases losses.

Our remaining non-ACI portfolio includes loans and leases we have strategically acquired over the years. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we recognized $10.0 million in related premiums, $3.2 million in discount accretion through interest income and had no charge-offs. Similar to the other portfolios, we monitor each pool of loans purchased for the need of an allowance in addition to our acquired purchase discount and record an allowance for loan losses through provision for loan and lease losses.

66

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Problem Loans and Leases

Loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status when, in the judgment of management, the probability of collection of interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual, which is generally when the loan becomes 90 days past due, with the exception of government-insured loans and ACI loans and leases. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is reversed from interest income, and interest income is recorded as collected.

We exclude government-insured pool buyout loans from our definition of non-performing loans and leases. We also exclude loans and leases acquired in the Tygris and Bank of Florida acquisitions from non-performing status, because we expect to fully collect their new carrying value which reflects significant purchase discounts. If our expectation of reasonably estimable future cash flows deteriorates, these loans and leases may be classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income will not be recognized until the timing and amount of future cash flows can be reasonably estimated.

Real estate we acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is classified as OREO until sold, and is carried at the balance of the loan at the time of foreclosure or at estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell, whichever is less.

In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and we make certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring, or TDR. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified are not considered to be impaired loans in calendar years subsequent to the restructuring.

The following table sets forth the composition of our NPA, including non-accrual, accruing loans and leases past due 90 or more days, TDR and OREO, as of the dates indicated. The balances of NPA reflect the net investment in such assets including deductions for purchase discounts.

Non-Performing Assets (1)				Table 15
(dollars in thousands)	March 31,       2012		December 31,   2011
Non-accrual loans and leases:
Residential mortgages	$	74,810	$		81,594
Commercial and commercial real estate		89,576			104,829
Lease financing receivables		1,861			2,385
Home equity lines		3,771			4,251
Consumer and credit card		571			419
Total non-accrual loans and leases		170,589			193,478
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due		5,119			6,673
Total non-performing loans (NPL)		175,708			200,151
Other real estate owned (OREO)		49,304			42,664
Total non-performing assets (NPA)		225,012			242,815
Troubled debt restructurings (TDR) less than 90 days past due		92,954			92,628
Total NPA and TDR (1)	$	317,966	$		335,443
Total NPA and TDR	$	317,966	$		335,443
Government-insured 90 days or more past due still accruing		1,530,665			1,570,787
Tygris and Bank of Florida loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30 or by analogy:
90 days or more past due		146,379			149,743
OREO		22,852			19,456
Total regulatory NPA and TDR	$	2,017,862	$		2,075,429

67

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Non-Performing Assets (1)	Table 15 (cont.)
Adjusted credit quality ratios excluding government-insured loans and loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30 or by analogy: (1)
NPL to total loans		1.80%	2.18%
NPA to total assets		1.63%	1.86%
NPA and TDR to total assets		2.31%	2.57%
Credit quality ratios including government-insured loans and loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30 or by analogy:
NPL to total loans		18.95%	20.95%
NPA to total assets		13.97%	15.20%
NPA and TDR to total assets		14.65%	15.91%

(1) We define non-performing assets, or NPA, as non-accrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days or more and foreclosed property. Our NPA calculation excludes government-insured pool buyout loans for which payment is insured by the government. We also exclude loans, leases and foreclosed property acquired in the Tygris and Bank of Florida acquisitions accounted for under ASC 310-30 or by analogy because, as of March 31, 2012, we expected to fully collect the carrying value of such loans, leases and foreclosed property.

At March 31, 2012, total non-performing loans (or NPL) were $175.7 million, or 1.8% of total loans, down $24.5 million from $200.2 million, or 2.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2011.

We use an asset risk classification system in compliance with guidelines established by the OCC Handbook as part of our efforts to monitor asset quality. In connection with examinations of insured institutions, examiners have the authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, classify them. There are three classifications for problem assets: “substandard,” “doubtful,” and “loss.” Substandard assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full questionable and there is a high probability of loss based on currently existing facts, conditions and values. An asset classified as loss is not considered collectable and of such little value that continuance as an asset is not warranted. Commercial loans with adverse classifications are reviewed by the commercial credit committee of our senior credit committee monthly.

In addition to the problem loans described above, as of March 31, 2012, we had special mention loans and leases totaling $104.9 million, which are not included in either the non-accrual or 90 days past due loan and lease categories but which in our opinion were subject to potential future rating downgrades. Special mention loans and leases increased $18.7 million, or 22%, to $104.9 million at March 31, 2012 from $86.2 million at December 31, 2011. Loans and leases rated as special mention totaled $104.9 million, or 1.1% of the total loan portfolio and 1.2% of the noncovered loan portfolio at March 31, 2012, including $70.7 million acquired from Bank of Florida.

68

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Analysis for the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table provides an analysis of the ALLL, provision for loan and lease losses and net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Activity		Table 16
	Three Months Ended         March  31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012					2011
ALLL, beginning of period	$		77,765		$		93,689
Charge-offs:
Residential mortgages			6,694				9,238
Commercial and commercial real estate			2,294				9,088
Lease financing receivables			1,181				2,096
Home equity lines			1,108				2,172
Consumer and credit card			11				2
Total charge-offs			11,288				22,596
Recoveries:
Residential mortgages			143				5
Commercial and commercial real estate			168				522
Lease financing receivables			36				8
Home equity lines			61				1
Consumer and credit card			14				-
Total recoveries			422				536
Net charge-offs			10,866				22,060
Provision for loan and lease losses			11,355				18,030
ALLL, end of period	$		78,254		$		89,659
Net charge-offs to average loans held for investment			0.65	%			1.45	%

The following table provides an analysis of the ALLL as a percentage of loans and leases held for investment, including loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30 and excluding loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Ratios					Table 17
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
ALLL	$	78,254		$		77,765
Loans and leases held for investment		7,323,187				6,519,281
ALLL as a percentage of loans and leases held for investment		1.07	%			1.19	%
ALLL excluding portion related to loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30	$	58,625		$		61,776
Loans and leases held for investment excluding loans and leases accounted for under ASC 310-30		6,223,630				5,360,105
ALLL as a percentage of loans and leases held for investment (excluding ASC 310-30)		0.94	%			1.15	%

69

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Loans Subject to Representations and Warranties

We originate residential mortgage loans, primarily first-lien home loans, through our direct and wholesale channels with the intent of selling a substantial majority of them in the secondary mortgage market. We sell and securitize conventional conforming and federally insured single-family residential mortgage loans predominantly to GSEs, such as Fannie Mae (FNMA) and Freddie Mac (FHLMC). A majority of the loans sold to non-GSEs were agency deliverable product that were eventually sold by large aggregators of agency product who eventually securitized and sold the loans to the agencies. We also sell residential mortgage loans, that do not meet criteria for whole loan sales to GSEs (nonconforming mortgage loans), to private non-GSE purchasers through whole loan sales.

As of March 31, 2012, we have 298 active repurchase requests. We have summarized the activity for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 below regarding repurchase requests received, requests successfully defended, and loans that we repurchased or for which we indemnified investors or made investors whole with the corresponding origination years:

Loan Repurchase Activity	Table 18
		March 31,
(dollars in thousands)		2012			2011
GSE			35			45
Non-GSE (1)			80			82
Repurchase requests received			115			127
GSE			26			14
Non-GSE (1)			24			27
Requests successfully defended			50			41
GSE			18			6
Non-GSE (1)			16			17
Loans repurchased, indemnified or made whole			34			23
GSE	$		1,607	$		768
Non-GSE (1)			1,627			2,260
Net realized losses on loan repurchases	$		3,234	$		3,028
Years of origination of loans repurchased			2001-2012			2001-2010

(1) Includes loans that were an agency deliverable product that were eventually sold by large aggregators of agency product who eventually securitized and sold the loans to the agencies.

On March 9, 2012 the Company settled with one of our correspondent investors for a pool of stated income loans originated and sold to the investor between 2004 and 2008 which had a UPB totaling $274 million. As part of the $1.9 million settlement, the investor released us of any and all claims arising from settled loans, including any outstanding repurchase requests, and all future claims arising from settled loans. At the time of the settlement, we had 47 open repurchase requests outstanding related to those loans. We have repurchased 17 loans from this correspondent investor from 2007-2012 with losses realized of $1.3 million over this period. We have excluded the activity related to these loans from the table above as well as the repurchase reserve rollforward in the table below.

In May of 2011, the Company executed an agreement with one of our correspondent investors to settle claims related to certain loan repurchase requests. These loan requests were received in 2009 through 2011 and relate to 30 loans originated in 2006 and 2007, with a UPB totaling $7.7 million. In exchange for a payment of $2.1 million and without any admission of wrongdoing by the Company, the investor released the Company from any and all claims arising from these mortgage loans. This agreement referred solely to the outstanding repurchase requests in question and did not relate to any requests which may arise in the future.

70

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is a rollforward of our reserves for repurchase losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2011:

Reserves for Loans Sold or Securitized							Table 19
	Three Months Ended
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2012		December 31, 2011		March 31, 2011
Balance, beginning of period	$	32,000	$	33,001	$	26,798
Provision for new sales/securitizations		384		139		190
Provision for changes in estimate of existing reserves		5,850		1,198		8,038
Net realized losses on repurchases		(3,234)		(2,338)		(3,028)
Balance, end of period	$	35,000	$	32,000	$	31,998
Quarters of coverage ratio(1)		11		10

(1) Quarters of coverage ratio is calculated as the current reserve for repurchases divided by the average realized losses over the previous four quarters.

The liability for repurchase losses was $35.0 million as of March 31, 2012, compared to $32.0 million as of March 31, 2011. The increase in the liability since March 31, 2011 is primarily due to an increase in the number of repurchased loans and continuing elevated incoming repurchase requests. The Company recognized expense of $6.2 million to increase the repurchase liability compared to $8.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The amount of incoming repurchase requests has remained elevated for each quarter after March 31, 2011.

Our quarters of coverage ratio showed approximately 11 quarters of coverage given our current reserve levels at March 31, 2012. This is up from approximately 10 quarters of coverage at December 31, 2011. Until 2009, we sold a majority of our loans servicing released and as a result, we have less visibility into the current delinquency status of these populations of loans and thus the elevated coverage ratio. Unlike reserves for loans we service where we have insight into the current delinquency status of the population, the calculated repurchase reserve is based on historical repurchase trends.

The sensitivity analysis for the loan repurchase reserve as of March 31, 2012 is as follows:

Sensitivity of Repurchase Reserve														Table 20
		Frequency and Severity
(dollars in thousands)		Up 20%			Up 10%			Base			Down     10%			Down     20%
Reserve for originated loan repurchases	$		58,349	$		45,993	$		35,000	$		25,369	$		17,101

We performed a sensitivity analysis on our loan repurchase reserve by varying the frequency and severity assumptions independently for each loan sale vintage year. By increasing the frequency and severity by 20%, the reserve balance as of March 31, 2012 would have increased by 67% from the baseline. Conversely, by decreasing the frequency and the severity 20%, the reserve balance as of March 31, 2012 would have decreased by 51%. Based upon qualitative and quantitative factors, including the number of pending repurchase requests, rescission rates and trends in loss severities, we may make adjustments to the base reserve balance to incorporate recent, known trends.

71

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Loan Servicing

When we service residential mortgage loans where FNMA or FHLMC is the owner of the underlying mortgage loan asset, we are subject to potential repurchase risk for: (1) breaches of loan level representations and warranties even though we may not have originated the mortgage loan; and (2) failure to service such loans in accordance with the applicable GSE servicing guide. If a loan purchased or securitized by FNMA or FHLMC is in breach of an origination representation and warranty, such GSE may look to the loan servicer for repurchase. If we are obligated to repurchase a loan from either FNMA or FHLMC, we seek indemnification from the counterparty that sold us the MSR, if the counterparty is a third party, which presents potential counterparty risk if such party is unable or unwilling to satisfy its indemnification obligations.

The following is a rollforward of our reserves for servicing repurchase losses related to these counterparties for the three months ended March 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and March 31, 2011:

Reserves for Repurchase Obligations for Loans Serviced							Table 21
	Three Months Ended
(dollars in thousands)	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011		March 31,     2011
Balance, beginning of period	$	30,364	$	28,799	$	30,000
Provision for changes in estimate of existing reserves		3,031		6,280		204
Net realized losses on repurchases		(2,968)		(4,715)		(1,754)
Balance, end of period	$	30,427	$	30,364	$	28,450
Quarters of coverage ratio (1)		6		7

(1) Quarters of coverage ratio is calculated as the current reserve for repurchases divided by the average realized losses over the previous four quarters.

The following is a sensitivity analysis as of March 31, 2012 of our reserve related to our estimated servicing repurchase losses based on ASC Topic 460, Guarantees:

Sensitivity of Servicing Repurchase Losses														Table 22
		Frequency and Severity
(dollars in thousands)		Up 20%			Up 10%			Base			Down     10%			Down     20%
Reserve for servicing repurchase losses	$		33,704	$		31,849	$		30,427	$		28,138	$		26,282

We performed a sensitivity analysis on our loan servicing repurchase reserve by varying the frequency and severity assumptions. By increasing the frequency and severity 20%, the reserve balance as of March 31, 2012 would have increased by 11% from the baseline. Conversely, by decreasing the frequency and the severity by 20%, the reserve balance as of March 31, 2012 would have decreased by 14%. Based upon qualitative and quantitative factors, including the number of pending repurchase requests, rescission rates and trends in loss severities, management may make adjustments to the base reserve balance to incorporate recent, observable trends.

72

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Loan in Foreclosure

Losses can arise from certain government agency agreements which limit the agency’s repayment guarantees on foreclosed loans, resulting in certain minimal foreclosure costs being borne by servicers. In particular, government insured loans serviced under the GNMA Guide or the FHLB Guide requires servicers to fund any foreclosure claims not otherwise covered by insurance claim funds of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and/or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.

Other than foreclosure-related costs associated with servicing government insured loans, we have not entered into any servicing agreements that require us as servicer to cover foreclosure-related costs.

Funding Sources

Deposits obtained from clients are the Company’s primary source of funds for use in lending, acquisitions and other business purposes. The Company generates deposit client relationships through its consumer direct, financial center and financial intermediary distribution channels. The consumer direct channel includes Internet, email, telephone and mobile device access to product and customer support offerings. The Company’s differentiated products, integrated online financial portal and value-added account features deepen its interactions and relationships with its clients resulting in high retention rates. Borrowings have become an important funding source as the Company has grown. Other funding sources include short-term and long-term borrowings and shareholders’ equity.

Deposits

The following table shows the distribution of our deposits by type of deposit at the dates indicated:

Deposits			Table 23
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2012		December 31, 2011
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	1,367,592	$	1,234,615
Interest-bearing demand		2,123,042		2,124,306
Market-based money market accounts		444,667		455,204
Savings and money market accounts, excluding market-based		3,817,780		3,759,045
Market-based time		883,372		901,053
Time, excluding market-based		1,916,507		1,791,540
Total deposits	$	10,552,960	$	10,265,763

Our major source of funds and liquidity is our deposit base, which provides funding for our investment securities, loan and lease portfolios. We carefully manage our interest paid on deposits to control the level of interest expense we incur. The mix and type of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits in our deposit base changes due to our funding needs, marketing activities and market conditions. We have experienced significant deposit growth as a result of the increased marketing initiatives we executed as part of our growth plan.

Total deposits increased by $0.3 billion to $10.6 billion at March 31, 2012 from $10.3 billion at December 31, 2011. During the first three months of 2012, noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $0.1 billion to $1.4 billion, primarily due to an increase in escrow deposits. Interest-bearing deposits increased by $0.2 billion to $9.2 billion at March 31, 2012 from $9.0 billion at December 31, 2011. This increase in interest-bearing deposits is primarily due to growth in time deposits, savings and money market accounts.

73

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

FHLB Borrowings

In addition to deposits, we use borrowings from the FHLB as a source of funds to meet the daily liquidity needs of our customers and fund growth in earning assets. Our FHLB borrowings increased by $448.8 million, or 36%, to $1.7 billion at March 31, 2012 from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily due to the increase of loans of $609.1 million which was funded in part by FHLB advances. Additionally, wholesale funding was used to take advantage of historically low fixed borrowing rates.

The table below summarizes the average outstanding balance of our FHLB advances, the weighted average interest rate, and the maximum amount of borrowings in each category outstanding at any month end during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Borrowed Funds	Table 24
	Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2012			2011
Fixed-rate advances:
Average daily balance	$	792,270		$	720,391
Weighted average interest rate		2.49	%		3.60%
Maximum month-end amount	$	1,470,586		$	726,325
Convertible advances:
Average daily balance	$	42,571		$	44,000
Weighted-average interest rate		4.42	%		4.42%
Maximum month-end amount	$	44,000		$	44,000
Overnight advances:
Average daily balance	$	226,247		$	2,222
Weighted-average interest rate		0.37	%		0.47%
Maximum month-end amount	$	315,500		$	-

Trust Preferred Securities

Our outstanding trust preferred securities totaled $103.8 million at March 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011.

Liquidity Management

Liquidity refers to the measure of our ability to meet the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, while at the same time meeting our operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs. We continuously monitor our liquidity position to ensure that assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet all short-term and long-term cash requirements.

Funds invested in short-term marketable instruments, the continuous maturing of other interest-earning assets, cash flows from self-liquidating investments such as mortgage-backed securities, the possible sale of available for sale securities, and the ability to securitize certain types of loans provide sources of liquidity from an asset perspective. The liability base provides sources of liquidity through issuance of deposits and borrowed funds. In addition, raises of equity capital provide us with a source of liquidity. To manage fluctuations in short-term funding needs, we utilize borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions, such as the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, federal fund lines of credit with correspondent banks, and, for contingent purposes, the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window. We also have access to term advances with the FHLB, as well as brokered certificates of deposits, for longer term liquidity needs. We believe our sources of liquidity are sufficient to meet our cash flow needs for the foreseeable future.

74

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We continued to maintain a strong liquidity position during the first quarter of 2012. Cash and cash equivalents were $384.7 million, available-for-sale investment securities were $1.9 billion, and total deposits were $10.6 billion as of March 31, 2012.

As of March 31, 2012, we had a $2.8 billion line of credit with the FHLB, of which $1.7 billion was outstanding. Based on asset size, the maximum potential line available with the FHLB was $5.2 billion at March 31, 2012, assuming eligible collateral to pledge. As of March 31, 2012, we had collateral pledged with the FRB that provided $191.3 million of borrowing capacity at the discount window, but did not have any borrowings outstanding. The maximum potential borrowing at the FRB is limited only by eligible collateral.

At March 31, 2012, our availability under Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC’s CDARS^® One-Way Buy^SM deposits and federal funds commitments was $2.1 billion and $40.0 million, with $217.9 million and $0 in outstanding borrowings, respectively.

We continue to evaluate the potential impact on liquidity management by regulatory proposals, including Basel III and those required under the Dodd-Frank Act, as government regulators move closer to the final rule-making process.

Capital Management

Management, including our Board of Directors, regularly reviews our capital position to help ensure it is appropriately positioned under various operating and market environments.

2012 Capital Actions

On January 25, 2012, the Board of Directors approved a special cash dividend of $4.5 million to the holders of the Series A 6% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock) which was paid on March 1, 2012. As a result of the special cash dividend, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 2,801,160 shares of common stock.

On May 8, 2012, we completed the sale of $221.0 million in new common equity through the issuance and sale of 22,103,000 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering (the Offering) at an initial price of $10.00 per share. Inclusive in those shares was 2,883,000 shares that were sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the Company. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $198.7 million from the Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Capital Ratios

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

We expect that, as a result of recent developments such as the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, we will be subject to increasingly stringent regulatory capital requirements.

At March 31, 2012, EverBank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements and was considered to be “well-capitalized” with a Tier 1 (core) capital ratio of 7.7% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.2%.

75

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The table below shows regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets for EB at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

Regulatory Capital		Table 25
(dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Shareholders’ equity		$	1,099,404		$	1,070,887
Less:	Goodwill and other intangibles		(17,290	)		(17,642	)
	Disallowed servicing asset		(40,783	)		(38,925	)
	Disallowed deferred tax asset		(71,302	)		(71,803	)
Add:	Accumulated losses on securities and cash flow hedges		86,981			105,682
Tier 1 Capital			1,057,010			1,048,199
Less:	Low-level recourse and residual interests		(20,424	)		(21,587	)
Add:	Allowance for loan and lease losses		78,254			77,765
Total regulatory capital		$	1,114,840		$	1,104,377
Risk-weighted assets		$	7,311,556		$	7,043,371

The regulatory capital ratios for EB, along with the capital amounts and ratios for the minimum OCC requirement and the framework for prompt corrective action are as follows:

Regulatory Capital Ratios					Table 26
	Actual				For OCC Capital Adequacy Purposes				To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
March 31, 2012
Core capital to adjusted tangible assets	$	1,057,010		7.7%	$	549,259		4.0%	$	686,574		5.0%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		1,114,840		15.2		584,925		8.0		731,156		10.0
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets		1,057,010		14.5		N/A		N/A		438,693		6.0
December 31, 2011
Core capital to adjusted tangible assets	$	1,048,199		8.0%	$	523,256		4.0%	$	654,070		5.0%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		1,104,377		15.7		563,470		8.0		704,337		10.0
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets		1,026,612		14.6		N/A		N/A		422,602		6.0

Restrictions on Paying Dividends

Federal banking regulations impose limitations upon certain capital distributions by savings banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. The OCC regulates all capital distributions by EB directly or indirectly to us, including dividend payments. EB may not pay dividends to us if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements, or in the event the OCC notifies EB that it is subject to heightened supervision. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA), an insured depository institution such as EB is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized.” Payment of dividends by EB also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an “unsafe and unsound” banking practice.

76

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk

Interest rate risk is our primary market risk and results from our business of investing in interest-earning assets with funds obtained from interest-bearing deposits and borrowings. Interest rate risk is defined as the risk of loss of future earnings or market value due to changes in interest rates. We are subject to this risk because:

• assets and liabilities may mature or re-price at different times or by different amounts;

• short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts;

• similar term rate indices may exhibit different re-pricing characteristics; and

• the life of assets and liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.

Interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of MSRs and other items affecting earnings. Our objective is to measure the impact of interest rate changes on our capital and earnings and manage the balance sheet in order to decrease interest rate risk.

Interest rate risk is primarily managed by the Asset and Liability Committee, or ALCO, which is composed of several of our executive officers and other members of management, in accordance with policies approved by our Board of Directors. ALCO has employed policies that attempt to manage our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities, in order to control interest rate risk and avoid incurring unacceptable levels of credit or concentration risk. We manage our exposure to interest rates by structuring our balance sheet according to these policies in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the ALCO policy permits the use of various derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk or hedge specified assets and liabilities.

Consistent with industry practice, we primarily measure interest rate risk by utilizing the concept of net portfolio value, or NPV which is defined as the present value of assets less the present value of liabilities. NPV scenario analysis estimates the fair value of the balance sheet in alternative interest rate scenarios. The NPV does not consider management intervention and assumes the new rate environment is constant and the change is instantaneous. Further, as this framework evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only, changes to the volumes and pricing of new business opportunities that can be expected in the different interest rate outcomes are not incorporated in this analytical framework. For instance, analysis of our history suggests that declining interest rate levels are associated with higher loan production volumes at higher levels of profitability. While this business hedge historically offsets most, if not all, of the heightened amortization of our MSR portfolio and other identified risks associated with declining interest rate scenarios, these factors fall outside of the NPV framework. As a result, we further evaluate and consider the impact of other business factors in a separate net income sensitivity analysis.

If NPV rises in a different interest rate scenario, that would indicate incremental prospective earnings in that hypothetical rate scenario. A perfectly matched balance sheet would result in no change in the NPV, no matter what the rate scenario. The table below shows the estimated impact on NPV of increases in interest rates of 1%, 2% and 3% and decreases in interest rates of 1%, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Interest Rate Sensitivity	Table 27
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	NPV		% of Assets		NPV		% of Assets
Up 300 basis points	$	1,725,045		12.9%	$	1,838,181		14.3%
Up 200 basis points		1,754,373		12.8%		1,860,204		14.2%
Up 100 basis points		1,776,049		12.7%		1,830,916		13.7%
Actual		1,668,232		11.8%		1,694,353		12.5%
Down 100 basis points		1,524,264		10.7%		1,564,919		11.5%

77

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The projected exposure of NPV to changes in interest rates at March 31, 2012 was in compliance with established policy guidelines. Exposure amounts depend on numerous assumptions. Due to historically low interest rates, the table above may not predict the full effect of decreasing interest rates upon our net interest income that would occur under a more traditional, higher interest rate environment because short-term interest rates are near zero percent and facts underlying certain of our modeling assumptions, such as the fact that deposit and loan rates cannot fall below zero percent, distort the model’s results.

We also enter into foreign exchange contracts; equity, foreign currency, commodity and metal indexed options; and options embedded in customer deposits to hedge our market-based deposits. The notional amounts of such derivatives were $1.1 billion, $218.9 million and $216.7 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2012.

Use of Derivatives to Manage Risk

Interest Rate Risk

An integral component of our interest rate risk management strategy is our use of derivative instruments to minimize significant fluctuations in earnings caused by changes in interest rates. As part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy, we enter into contracts or derivatives to hedge interest rate lock commitments, loans held for sale, trust preferred securities and forecasted issuances of debt. These include forward sales commitments (FSA), optional forward sales commitments (OFSA), interest rate swaps and forward interest rate swaps.

We enter into these derivative contracts with major financial institutions. Credit risk arises from the inability of these counterparties to meet the terms of the contracts. We minimize this risk through collateral arrangements, exposure limits and monitoring procedures.

Commodity and Equity Market Risk

Commodity risk represents exposures to deposit instruments linked to various commodity and metals markets. Equity market risk represents exposures to our equity-linked deposit instruments. We offer market-based deposit products consisting of MarketSafe^® products, which provide investment capabilities for customers seeking portfolio diversification with respect to commodities and other indices, which are typically unavailable from our banking competitors. MarketSafe^® deposits rate of return is based on the movement of a particular market index. In order to manage the risk that may occur from fluctuations in the related markets, we enter into offsetting options with exactly the same terms as the commodity and equity linked MarketSafe^® deposits, which provide an economic hedge.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange risk represents exposures to changes in the values of deposits and future cash flows denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We offer WorldCurrency^® deposit products which provide investment capabilities to customers seeking portfolio diversification with respect to foreign currencies. The products include WorldCurrency^® single-currency certificates of deposit and money market accounts denominated in the world’s major currencies. In addition, we offer foreign currency linked MarketSafe^® deposits which provide returns based upon foreign currency linked indices. Exposure to loss on these products will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange rates fluctuate. In addition, we offer foreign exchange contracts to small and medium size businesses with international payment needs. Foreign exchange contract products, which include spot and simple forward contracts, represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price on an agreed-upon settlement date. Exposure to loss on these contracts will increase or decrease over their respective lives as currency exchange and interest rates fluctuate. These types of products expose us to a degree of risk. To manage the risk that may occur from fluctuations in world currency markets, we enter into offsetting short-term forward foreign exchange contracts with terms that match the amount and the maturity date of each single-currency certificate of deposit, money market deposit instrument, or foreign exchange contract. In addition, we enter into offsetting options with exactly the same terms as the foreign currency linked MarketSafe^® deposits, which provide an economic hedge.

78

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For more information, including the notional amount and fair value, of these derivatives, see Note 11 of the notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

79

Item 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

See the “Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 4.   Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) as of March 31, 2012. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2012.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

80

Part II.   Other Information

Item 1.   Legal Proceedings

We are subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. Some of these matters include employee-related matters and inquiries and investigations by governmental agencies regarding our employment practices. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition to the legal proceedings previously disclosed in our Registration Statement on Form S-1, we are currently subject to the following legal proceedings.

Mortgage Electronic Registration Services Related Litigation

MERS, EverHome Mortgage Company and other lenders and servicers that have held mortgages through MERS are parties to the following class action lawsuits where the plaintiffs allege improper mortgage assignment and, in some instances, the failure to pay recording fees in violation of state recording statutes: (1) Christian County Clerk, et al. v. MERS and EverHome Mortgage Company filed in May 2011 in the United States District Court for the District of Kentucky; (2) State of Ohio, ex. reI. David P. Joyce, Prosecuting Attorney General of Geauga County, Ohio v. MERSCORP, Inc., Mortgage Electronic Registration Services, Inc. et al. filed in October 2011 in the Court of Common Pleas for Geauga County, Ohio and later removed to federal court; (3) State of Iowa, by and through Darren J. Raymond, Plymouth County Attorney v. MERSCORP, Inc., Mortgage Electronic Registration Services, Inc., et aI. , filed in March 2012 in the Iowa District Court for Plymouth County and later removed to federal court; (4) State of Ohio, ex. rel. Jessica Little, Prosecuting Attorney General of Brown County, Ohio v. MERSCORP, Inc., Mortgage Electronic Registration Services, Inc., et al. filed in October 2011 in the court of Common Pleas for Brown County, Ohio and later removed to federal court; and (5) Boyd County, ex. rel. Phillip Hedrick, County Attorney of Boyd County, Kentucky, et al. v. MERSCORP, Inc., Mortgage Electronic Registration Services, Inc., et al. filed in April 2012 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky. In these class action lawsuits, the plaintiffs in each case generally seek judgment from the courts compelling the defendants to record all assignments, restitution, compensatory and punitive damages, and appropriate attorneys’ fees and costs. We believe the plaintiff’s claims are without merit and intend to contest all such claims vigorously.

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described below, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the trading price of our common stock. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also significantly impair our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Risks Related to Our Business

General business and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our businesses and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy is unable to steadily emerge from the recession that began in 2007 or we experience worsening economic conditions, such as a so-called “double-dip” recession, our growth and profitability could be constrained. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries can affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder the U.S. economic recovery. Financial markets remain concerned about the ability of certain European countries, particularly Greece, Ireland, Portugal, Spain and Italy, to finance and service their debt. The default by any one of these countries on their debt payments could lead to weaker economic conditions in the United States. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, including a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and

81

Part II.   Other Information

lower home sales and commercial activity. All of these factors are detrimental to our business. Our business is significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government, its agencies and GSEs. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our business. Actions by the FHLB or the FRB may reduce our borrowing capacity. Additionally, we may not be able to attract deposits at competitive rates. An inability to raise funds through traditional deposits, brokered deposits, borrowings, the sale of securities or loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity or result in increased funding costs. Furthermore, we invest in several asset classes, including significant investments in MSR which may be less liquid in certain markets. Liquidity may also be adversely impacted by bank supervisory and regulatory authorities mandating changes in the composition of our balance sheet to asset classes that are less liquid.

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. In addition, our access to deposits may be affected by the liquidity and/or cash flow needs of depositors. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and FHLB advances as necessary, we might not be able to replace such funds in the future and can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds and increase our funding costs if, among other things, customers move funds out of bank deposits and into alternative investments, such as the stock market, that are perceived as providing superior expected returns. Furthermore, an inability to increase our deposit base at all or at attractive rates would impede our ability to fund our continued growth, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our ability to raise funds through deposits or borrowings could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets.

Although we consider our sources of funds adequate for our liquidity needs, we may be compelled to seek additional sources of financing in the future. We may be required to seek additional regulatory capital through capital raising at terms that may be very dilutive to existing stockholders. Likewise, we may need to incur additional debt in the future to achieve our business objectives, in connection with future acquisitions or for other reasons. Any borrowings, if sought, may not be available to us or, if available, may not be on favorable terms.

Our financial results are significantly affected in a number of ways by changes in interest rates, which may make our results volatile and difficult to predict from quarter to quarter.

Most of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature, which subjects us to significant risks from changes in interest rates and can impact our net income and the valuation of our assets and liabilities. Our operating results depend to a great extent on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the amount of interest income we earn and the amount of interest expense we incur. If the rate of interest we pay on our interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities increases more than the rate of interest we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, our net interest income, and therefore our earnings, would be adversely affected. Our earnings also could be adversely affected if the rates on our loans and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits and other liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the FRB. A strengthening U.S. economy would be expected to cause the FRB to increase short-term interest rates, which would increase our borrowing costs and may reduce our profit margins. A sustained low interest rate environment could cause many of our loans subject to adjustable rates to reprice downward to lower interest rates, which would decrease our loan yields and reduce our profit margins.

82

Part II.   Other Information

Changes in interest rates also have a significant impact on our mortgage loan origination revenues. Historically, there has been an inverse correlation between the demand for mortgage loans and interest rates. Mortgage origination volume and revenues usually decline during periods of rising or high interest rates and increase during periods of declining or low interest rates. Changes in interest rates also have a significant impact on the carrying value of a significant percentage of the assets on our balance sheet. Furthermore, our MSR are valued based on a number of factors, including assumptions about borrower repayment rates, which are heavily influenced by prevailing interest rates. When interest rates fall, borrowers are usually more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our MSR can decrease, which, in turn, may reduce earnings in the period in which the decrease occurs.

In addition, mortgage loans held for sale for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist and other interests we hold related to residential loan sales and securitizations are carried at fair value. The value of these assets may be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. We may not correctly or adequately hedge this risk, and even if we do hedge the risk with derivatives and other instruments, we may still incur significant losses from changes in the value of these assets or from changes in the value of the hedging instruments.

Even though originating mortgage loans, which benefit from declining rates, and servicing mortgage loans, which benefit from rising rates, can act as a “natural hedge” to soften the overall impact of changes in rates on our consolidated financial results, the hedge is not perfect, either in amount or timing. For example, the negative effect on revenue from a decrease in the fair value of residential MSR is generally immediate, but any offsetting revenue benefit from more originations and the MSR relating to the new loans would generally accrue over time. In addition, in recent quarters it has become apparent that even a low interest rate environment may not result in a significant increase in mortgage originations in light of other macroeconomic variable factors, declining real estate values and changes in underwriting standards resulting from the recent recession.

We enter into forward starting swaps as a hedging strategy related to our expected future issuances of debt. This hedging strategy allows us to fix the interest rate margin between our interest earning assets and our interest bearing liabilities. A continued prolonged period of lower interest rates could affect the duration of our interest earning assets and adversely impact our operations in future periods.

We may be required to make further increases in our provisions for loan and lease losses and to charge-off additional loans and leases in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

The real estate market in the United States since late 2007 has been characterized by high delinquency rates and price deterioration. Despite historically low interest rates beginning in 2008, higher credit standards, weak employment, slow economic growth and an overall de-leveraging in the residential and commercial sectors have perpetuated these trends. We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan and lease loss expense that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s judgment with respect to:

• continuing evaluation of specific credit risks;

• loan loss experience;

• current loan and lease portfolio quality;

• present economic, political and regulatory conditions;

• industry concentrations; and

• other unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans

83

Part II.   Other Information

and other factors both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses. If current trends in the real estate markets continue, we expect that we will continue to experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to construction, land development and land loans.

In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan and lease losses, which would result in a decrease in net income and capital, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Mortgage loan modification and refinancing programs and future legislative action may adversely affect the value of, and our returns on, residential mortgage-backed securities and on MSR.

The U.S. government, through the FRB, the Federal Housing Authority (FHA) and the FDIC, has initiated a number of loss mitigation programs designed to afford relief to homeowners facing foreclosure and to assist borrowers whose home value is less than the principal on their mortgage, including the Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP) which provides homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures, the Hope for Homeowners Program (H4H Program) which allows certain distressed borrowers to refinance their mortgages into FHA-insured loans in order to avoid residential mortgage loan foreclosures, and the Home Affordable Refinancing Program (HARP) which make it easier for borrowers to refinance at lower interest rates. These loan modification programs, future legislative or regulatory actions, including possible amendments to the bankruptcy laws, which result in the modification of outstanding residential mortgage loans, as well as changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, our portfolio of MBS and on the value of our MSR. Our MSR is valued based on a number of factors, including assumptions about borrower repayment rates and costs of servicing. If the interest rate on a mortgage is adjusted, or if a borrower is permitted to refinance at a lower rate, or the costs of servicing or costs of foreclosures increase, the value of our MSR with respect to that mortgage can decrease, which, in turn, may reduce earnings in the period in which the decrease occurs. In addition, increases in our servicing costs from changes to our foreclosure and other servicing practices, including resulting from the consent orders, adversely affects the fair value of our MSR.

Our commercial real estate loan portfolio exposes us to risks that may be greater than the risks related to our other mortgage loans and a high percentage of these loans are secured by properties located in Florida.

Many analysts and economists are predicting that commercial mortgage loans could continue to see further deterioration. Commercial real estate loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of financial and credit risk than residential mortgage loans or home equity loans. The repayment of these loans is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate or commercial projects. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, a borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Furthermore, the repayment of commercial mortgage loans is generally less predictable and more difficult to evaluate and monitor and collateral may be more difficult to dispose of in a market decline. In such cases, we may be compelled to modify the terms of the loan or engage in other potentially expensive work-out techniques. Any significant failure to pay on time by our customers would adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

As a result of our 2010 acquisition of the banking operations of Bank of Florida in an FDIC-assisted transaction, we have increased our exposure to risks related to economic conditions in Florida. Unlike our residential mortgage loan portfolio, which is more geographically diverse, our commercial loans are secured by properties located in Florida. Florida has experienced a deeper recession and more dramatic slowdown in economic activity than other states and the decline in real estate values in Florida has been significantly higher than the national average. Our concentration of commercial loans in this state subjects us to risk that a further downturn in the local economy could result in increases in delinquencies and foreclosures or losses on these loans. In addition, the occurrence of natural disasters

84

Part II.   Other Information

in Florida, such as hurricanes, or man-made disasters, such as the BP oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in a decline in the value or destruction of our mortgaged properties and an increase in the risk of delinquencies or foreclosures. Losses we may experience on loans acquired from Bank of Florida may be covered by loss sharing agreements we entered into with the FDIC in connection with the acquisition. Nevertheless, these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Conditions in the real estate market and higher than normal delinquency and default rates could adversely affect our business.

The origination and servicing of residential mortgages is a significant component of our business and our earnings have been and may continue to be adversely affected by weak real estate markets and historically high delinquency and default rates. Mortgage origination volume has been low in recent fiscal periods compared to historical levels (and refinancing activity in particular) and may remain low for the foreseeable future even if economic trends improve, particularly if interest rates significantly rise and more restrictive underwriting standards persist.

If the frequency and severity of our loan delinquencies and default rates increase, we could experience losses on loans held for investment and on newly originated or purchased loans that we hold for sale. We may need to further increase our reserves for foreclosures if foreclosure rates increase.

Continued or worsening conditions in the real estate market and higher than normal delinquency and default rates on loans have other adverse consequences for our mortgage banking business, including:

• cash flows and capital resources are reduced, as we are required to make cash advances to meet contractual obligations to investors, process foreclosures, maintain, repair and market foreclosed properties;

• mortgage service fee revenues decline because we recognize these revenues only upon collection;

• net interest income may decline and interest expense may increase due to lower average cash and capital balances and higher capital funding requirements;

• mortgage and loan servicing costs rise;

• an inability to sell our MSR in the capital markets due to reduced liquidity;

• amortization and impairment charges on our MSR increase; and

• realized and unrealized losses on and declines in the liquidity of securities held in our investment portfolio that are collateralized by mortgage obligations.

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans with identified defects, indemnify the investor or guarantor, or reimburse the investor for credit loss incurred on the loan in the event of a material breach of representations or warranties.

We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or reimburse investors as a result of breaches in contractual representations and warranties, from our sales of loans we originate and servicing of loans originated by other parties. We conduct these activities under contractual provisions that include various representations and warranties which typically cover ownership of the loan, compliance with loan criteria set forth in the applicable agreement, validity of the lien securing the loan and similar matters. We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans with identified defects, indemnify the investor or guarantor, or reimburse the investor for credit loss incurred on the loan in the event of a material breach of such contractual representations or warranties.

We experienced increased levels of repurchase demands in 2012 as compared to prior periods, which has led to material increases in our loan repurchase reserves and we may need to increase such reserves in the future, which would adversely affect net income.

In addition, we also service residential mortgage loans where a GSE is the owner of the underlying mortgage loan asset. Prior to late 2009, we had not historically experienced a significant

85

Part II.   Other Information

amount of repurchases related to the servicing of mortgage loans as we were indemnified by the seller of the servicing rights but due to the failures of several of our counterparties, we have since experienced losses related to the repurchase of loans from GSEs and subsequent disposal or payment demands from the GSEs.

If future repurchase demands remain at heightened levels or increase further or the severity of the repurchase requests increases, or our success at appealing repurchase or other requests differs from past experience, we may need to further increase our loan repurchase reserves, and increased repurchase obligations could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our concentration of mass-affluent customers and so-called “jumbo” mortgages in our residential mortgage portfolio makes us particularly vulnerable to a downturn in high-end real estate values and economic factors disproportionately affecting affluent consumers of financial services.

The Federal Housing Administration, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will only purchase or guarantee so-called “conforming” loans, which may not exceed certain principal amount thresholds. A portion of our residential mortgage loans held for investment is comprised of so-called “jumbo” loans based on the current threshold in most states and a portion of the carrying value of our securities portfolio is comprised of residential nonagency investment securities, substantially all of which are backed by jumbo loans. Jumbo loans have principal balances exceeding the thresholds of the agencies described above, and tend to be less liquid than conforming loans, which may make it more difficult for us to rapidly rebalance our portfolio and risk profile than is the case for financial institutions with higher concentrations of conforming loan assets. Due to macroeconomic conditions, jumbo mortgage loans have, in recent periods, experienced increased rates of delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss, and they are likely to continue to experience delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss rates that are higher, and that may be substantially higher, than conforming mortgage loans. In such event, liquidity in the capital markets for such assets could be diminished and we could be faced with increased losses and an inability to dispose of such assets.

Hedging strategies that we use to manage our mortgage pipeline may be ineffective to mitigate the risk of changes in interest rates.

We typically use derivatives and other instruments to hedge a portion of our mortgage banking interest rate risk. Hedging is a complex process, requiring sophisticated models and constant monitoring, and is not a perfect science. We may use hedging instruments tied to U.S. Treasury rates, London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or Eurodollars that may not perfectly correlate with the value or income being hedged. Our mortgage pipeline consists of our commitments to purchase mortgage loans, or interest rate locks, and funded mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market. The risk associated with the mortgage pipeline is that interest rates will fluctuate between the time we commit to purchase a loan at a pre-determined price, or the customer locks in the interest rate on a loan, and the time we sell or commit to sell the mortgage loan. Generally speaking, if interest rates increase, the value of an unhedged mortgage pipeline decreases, and gain on sale margins are adversely impacted. Typically, we hedge the risk of overall changes in fair value of loans held for sale by either entering into forward loan sale agreements, selling forward Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac MBS or using other derivative instruments to hedge loan commitments and to create fair value hedges against the funded loan portfolios. We generally do not hedge all of the interest rate risk on our mortgage portfolio and have not historically hedged the risk of changes in the fair value of our MSR resulting from changes in interest rates. To the extent we fail to appropriately reduce our exposure to interest rate changes, our financial results may be adversely affected.

We could recognize realized and unrealized losses on securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if economic and market conditions deteriorate.

Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual mortgagors with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of these factors could cause an other-than-temporary impairment in

86

Part II.   Other Information

future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting issuers and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may experience higher delinquencies on our equipment leases and reductions in the resale value of leased equipment.

In connection with the acquisition of Tygris, we acquired a significant portfolio of equipment leases. Although we purchased these leases at a discount, they were not subjected to our credit standards. The non-impaired leases we acquired may become impaired and the impaired leases may suffer further deterioration in value, resulting in additional charge-offs to this portfolio. Fluctuations in national, regional and local economic conditions may increase the level of charge-offs that we make to our lease portfolio, and, consequently, reduce our net income. Although a significant portion of these losses will be satisfied out of escrowed portions of the purchase price paid by us, we are not protected for all losses and any charge-off of related losses that we experience will negatively impact our results of operations.

The realization of equipment values (i.e., residual values) during the life and at the end of the term of a lease is an important element of our commercial finance business. At the inception of each lease, we record a residual value for the leased equipment based on our estimate of the future value of the equipment at the expected disposition date. A decrease in the market value of leased equipment at a rate greater than the rate we projected, whether due to rapid technological or economic obsolescence, unusual or excessive wear-and-tear on the equipment, recession or other adverse economic conditions, or other factors, would adversely affect the current or the residual values of such equipment. Further, certain equipment residual values are dependent on the manufacturer’s or vendor’s warranties, reputation and other factors, including market liquidity. In addition, we may not realize the full market value of equipment if we are required to sell it to meet liquidity needs or for other reasons outside of the ordinary course of business. Consequently, we may not realize our estimated residual values for equipment. If we are unable to realize the expected value of a substantial portion of the equipment under lease, our business could be adversely affected.

We may become subject to a number of risks if we elect to pursue acquisitions and may not be able to acquire and integrate acquisition targets successfully if we choose to do so.

As we have done in the past, we may pursue acquisitions as part of our growth strategy. We may consider acquisitions of loans or securities portfolios, lending or leasing firms, commercial and small business lenders, residential lenders, direct banks, banks or bank branches (whether in FDIC-assisted or unassisted transactions), wealth and investment management firms, securities brokerage firms, specialty finance or other financial services-related companies. We expect that competition for suitable acquisition targets may be significant. Additionally, we must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire an institution or business. Such regulatory approval may be denied or, if granted, could be subject to conditions that materially affect the terms of the acquisition or our ability to capture some of the opportunities presented by the acquisition. We may not be able to successfully identify and acquire suitable acquisition targets on terms and conditions we consider to be acceptable.

Even if suitable candidates are identified and we succeed in consummating these transactions, acquisitions involve risks that may adversely affect our market value and profitability. These risks include, among other things: credit risk associated with acquired loans and investments; retaining, attracting and integrating personnel; loss of customers; reputational risks; difficulties in integrating or operating acquired businesses or assets; and potential disruption of our ongoing business operations and diversion of management’s attention. Through our acquisitions we may also assume unknown or undisclosed liabilities, fail to properly assess known contingent liabilities or assume businesses with internal control deficiencies. While in most of our transactions we seek to mitigate these risks through, among other things, adequate due diligence and indemnification provisions, we cannot be certain that the due diligence we have conducted is adequate or that the indemnification provisions and other risk mitigants we put in place will be sufficient.

87

Part II.   Other Information

In addition, FDIC-assisted acquisitions involve risks similar to acquiring existing banks even though the FDIC might provide assistance to mitigate certain risks, such as sharing in the exposure to loan losses and providing indemnification against certain liabilities of a failed institution. However, because these acquisitions are typically conducted by the FDIC in a manner that does not allow the time normally associated with preparing for the integration of an acquired institution, we may face additional risks in FDIC-assisted transactions. These risks include, among other things, the loss of customers, strain on management resources related to collection and management of problem loans and problems related to integration of personnel and operating systems. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with acquisitions. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly during periods in which the acquisitions are being integrated into our operations.

We may become subject to additional risks as a result of our recent acquisition of MetLife Bank’s warehouse finance business.

Although we believe the recent acquisition of MetLife Bank’s warehouse finance business represented an attractive opportunity to expand our business, any new business operation we acquire could expose us to additional fraud and counterparty risk which we may fail to adequately address. For example, our underwriting, operational controls and risk mitigants may fail to prevent or detect fraud or collusion with multiple parties which could result in losses that would affect our financial results. Since warehouse loans are typically larger than residential mortgage loans, the systemic deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause an increase in non-performing loans. Our proposed structural agreements to minimize counterparty risk could be ineffective. Additionally, warehouse counterparties may become subject to repurchase demands by investors which could adversely affect their financial position.

We may have to take ownership of mortgage loans not directly underwritten by us if the mortgage broker is unable to sell them to investors and repay its underlying note with us. There is no guarantee that an active or liquid market for the types of loans we would be forced to sell will exist which could result in losses.

Concern of customers over deposit insurance may cause a decrease in deposits.

With on-going concerns about bank failures, customers have become concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC, particularly mass-affluent customers that may maintain deposits in excess of insured limits. Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with our bank is fully insured and may place them in other institutions or make investments that are perceived as being more secure, such as securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. We may be forced by such activity to pay higher interest rates to retain deposits, which may constrain our liquidity as we seek to meet funding needs caused by reduced deposit levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to rely on brokered deposits as a part of our funding strategy may be limited.

Deposits raised by EverBank continue to be a key part of our funding strategy. Our ability to maintain our current level of deposits or grow our deposit base could be affected by regulatory restrictions, including the possible imposition of prior approval requirements or restrictions on deposit growth through brokered channels, or restrictions on our rates offered. In addition, as a supervisory matter, reliance on brokered deposits as a significant source of funding is discouraged. As a result, in order to grow our deposit base, we will need to expand our non-brokered channels for deposit generation, including through new marketing and advertising efforts, which may require significant time, capital and effort to implement. Further, we are likely to face significant competition for deposits from other banking organizations that are also seeking stable deposits to support their funding needs. If EverBank is unable to develop new channels of deposit origination, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial position.

88

Part II.   Other Information

We are exposed to risks associated with our Internet-based systems and online commerce security, including “hacking” and “identity theft.”

We operate primarily as an online bank with a small number of financial center locations and, as such, we conduct a substantial portion of our business over the Internet. We rely heavily upon data processing, including loan servicing and deposit processing, software, communications and information systems from a number of third parties to conduct our business.

Third party, or internal, systems and networks may fail to operate properly or become disabled due to deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Our operations are vulnerable to disruptions from human error, natural disasters, power loss, computer viruses, spam attacks, denial of service attacks, unauthorized access and other unforeseen events. Undiscovered data corruption could render our customer information inaccurate. These events may obstruct our ability to provide services and process transactions. While we are in compliance with all applicable privacy and data security laws, an incident could put our customer confidential information at risk.

Although we have not experienced a cyber incident which has been successful in compromising our data or systems, we can never be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to breaches of security or other technological difficulties or failures. We monitor and modify, as necessary, our protective measures in response to the perpetual evolution of cyber threats.

A breach in the security of any of our information systems, or other cyber incident, could have an adverse impact on, among other things, our revenue, ability to attract and maintain customers and business reputation. In addition, as a result of any breach, we could incur higher costs to conduct our business, to increase protection, or related to remediation. Furthermore our customers could incorrectly blame us and terminate their account with us for a cyber incident which occurred on their own system or with that of an unrelated third party. In addition, a security breach could also subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability.

Our business may be impaired if a third party infringes on our intellectual property rights.

Our business depends heavily upon intellectual property that we have developed or will develop in the future. Monitoring infringement of intellectual property rights is difficult, and the steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property. In the past, we have had to engage in enforcement actions to protect our domain names from theft, including administrative proceedings. We may in the future be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Intellectual property theft on the Internet is relatively widespread, and individuals anywhere in the world can purchase infringing domains or use our service marks on their pay-per-click sites to draw customers for competitors while exploiting our service marks. To the extent that we are unable to rapidly locate and stop an infringement, our intellectual property assets may become devalued and our brand may be tarnished. Third parties may also challenge, invalidate or circumvent our intellectual property rights and protections, registrations and licenses. Intellectual property litigation is expensive, and the outcome of any action is often highly uncertain.

We may become involved in intellectual property or other disputes that could harm our business.

Third parties may assert claims against us, asserting that our marks, services, associated content in any medium, or software applications infringe on their intellectual property rights. The laws and regulations governing intellectual property rights are continually evolving and subject to differing interpretations. Trademark owners often engage in litigation in state or federal courts or oppositions in the United States Patent and Trademark Office as a strategy to broaden the scope of their trademark rights. If any infringement claim is successful against us, we may be required to pay substantial damages or we may need to seek to obtain a license of the other party’s intellectual property rights. We also could lose the expected future benefit of our marketing and advertising spending. Moreover, we may be prohibited from providing our services or using content that incorporates the challenged intellectual property.

89

Part II.   Other Information

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, custody, counterparty or other relationships. At various times, we may have significant exposure to a relatively small group of counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds and other institutional customers. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of a counterparty or customer. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us. Losses suffered through such increased credit risk exposure could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We face increased risks with respect to our WorldCurrency^® and other market-based deposit products.

We offer market-based deposits, the significant majority of which are WorldCurrency^® deposits. Many of our WorldCurrency^® depositors have chosen that family of products in order to diversify their portfolios with respect to foreign currencies. Appreciation of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies, political and economic disruptions in foreign markets or significant changes in commodity prices or securities indices could significantly reduce the demand for our WorldCurrency^® and other market-based products as well as a devaluation of these deposit balances, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, although we routinely use derivatives to offset changes to our deposit obligations due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, commodity prices or securities indices to which these products are linked, these derivatives may not be effective. To the extent that these derivatives do not offset changes to our deposit obligations, our financial results may be adversely affected. Furthermore, these rates, prices and indices are subject to significant changes due to factors beyond our control, which may subject us to additional risks.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area.

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include Internet banks and national, regional and community banks within the various markets we serve. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loan institutions, credit unions, mortgage companies, other finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can (unless laws are changed) merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures.

In addition, many of our competitors have significantly more physical branch locations than we do, which may be an important factor to potential customers. Because we offer our services over the Internet, we compete nationally for customers against financial institutions ranging from small community banks to the largest international financial institutions. Many of our competitors continue to have access to greater financial resources than we have, which allows them to invest in technological improvements. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could place us at a competitive disadvantage.

Our historical growth rate and performance may not be indicative of our future growth or financial results.

Our historical growth must be viewed in the context of the recent opportunities available to us as a result of the confluence of our access to capital at a time when market dislocations of historical proportions resulted in unprecedented asset acquisition opportunities. When evaluating our historical growth and prospects for future growth, it is also important to consider that while our business philosophy has remained relatively constant over time, our mix of business, distribution channels and areas of focus have changed frequently and dramatically over the last several years. Historically, we have entered and

90

Part II.   Other Information

exited lines of business to adapt to changing market conditions and perceived opportunities, and may continue to do so in future periods. For example, we are currently seeking to expand our wealth management line of business. Although we have a track record of successfully offering investment-oriented deposit products, we have limited operational experience in wealth management. Our resources, personnel and expertise may prove to be insufficient to execute our wealth management strategy, which could impact our future earnings and the retention of high net worth customers. Moreover, our dynamic business model makes it difficult to assess our prospects for future growth.

In recent fiscal periods, we have completed several significant transactions, including the acquisitions of Tygris and Bank of Florida in 2010, the acquisition of a number of residential mortgage loan and securities portfolios in 2008 and 2009 and the divestiture of our reverse mortgage operations in 2008. These transactions, along with equity capital infusions, have significantly expanded our asset and capital base, product mix and distribution channels. We also benefited from significant purchase price discounts from these transactions, which are highly accretive to our earnings and which may not be available in the future. Over the longer-term, we expect margins on loans to revert to longer-term historical levels.

We have historically generated a significant amount of fee income through the origination and servicing of residential mortgage loans. Fundamental changes in bank regulations and the mortgage industry, unusually weak economic conditions and the historically low interest rate environment that has characterized the last several fiscal quarters make it difficult to predict our future results or draw meaningful comparisons between our historical results and our results in future fiscal periods. We materially increased our investments in residential MSR from 2008 through the first quarter of 2010. During that time, we also significantly increased our investments in nonagency residential collateralized mortgage obligation securities, or CMOs. Due to concentration limits we adopted pursuant to new regulatory constraints and possible future regulatory guidance, our concentration in such asset classes has been reduced. We may not be able to achieve similar performance from alternative asset classes in the future.

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or grow our business at all. Because of the tremendous amount of uncertainty in the general economy and with respect to the effectiveness of recent governmental intervention in the credit markets and mortgage lending industry, as well as increased delinquencies, continued home price deterioration and lower home sales volume, it will be difficult for us to replicate our historical earnings growth as we continue to expand. We have benefited from the recent low interest rate environment, which has provided us with high net interest margins which we use to grow our business. Higher rates would compress our margins and may impact our ability to grow. Consequently, our historical results of operations will not necessarily be indicative of our future operations.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel could harm our business.

Our future success significantly depends on the continued services and performance of our key management personnel. We believe our management team’s depth and breadth of experience in the banking industry is integral to executing our business plan. We also will need to continue to attract, motivate and retain other key personnel. The loss of the services of members of our senior management team or other key employees or the inability to attract additional qualified personnel as needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to losses due to fraudulent and negligent acts on the part of loan applicants, mortgage brokers, other vendors and our employees.

When we originate mortgage loans, we rely heavily upon information supplied by loan applicants and third parties, including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal, title information and employment and income documentation provided by third parties. If any of this information is misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation.

91

Part II.   Other Information

We may be exposed to unrecoverable losses on the loans acquired in the Bank of Florida acquisition, despite the loss sharing agreements we have with the FDIC.

Although we acquired the loan assets of Bank of Florida at a substantial discount and we have entered into loss sharing agreements which provide that the FDIC will bear 80% of losses on such assets in excess of $385.6 million, we are not protected from all such losses. The FDIC has the right to refuse or delay payment for such loan losses if the loss sharing agreements are not managed in accordance with their terms. Additionally, the loss sharing agreements have limited terms; therefore, any losses that we experience after the terms of the loss sharing agreements have ended will not be recoverable from the FDIC, which would negatively impact our net income.

The acquisition of assets and liabilities of financial institutions in FDIC-sponsored or assisted transactions involves risks similar to those faced in unassisted acquisitions, even though the FDIC might provide assistance to mitigate certain risks (e.g., entering into loss sharing arrangements). However, because such acquisitions are structured in a manner that does not allow the time normally associated with evaluating and preparing for the integration of an acquired institution, we face the additional risk that the anticipated benefits of such an acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or within the time period expected.

Any of these factors, among others, could adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Bank of Florida acquisition.

Certain provisions of the loss sharing agreements entered into with the FDIC in connection with the Bank of Florida acquisition may have anti-takeover effects and could limit our ability to engage in certain strategic transactions our Board of Directors believes would be in the best interests of stockholders.

The FDIC’s agreement to bear 80% of qualifying losses in excess of $385.6 million on single family residential loans for ten years and all other loans for five years is a significant advantage for us and a feature of the Bank of Florida acquisition without which we would not have entered into the transaction. Our agreement with the FDIC requires that we receive prior FDIC consent, which may be withheld by the FDIC in its sole discretion, prior to us or our stockholders engaging in certain transactions. If any such transaction is completed without prior FDIC consent, the FDIC would have the right to discontinue the loss sharing arrangement.

Among other things, prior FDIC consent is required for (1) a merger or consolidation of us or EverBank with or into another company if our stockholders will own less than 66.66% of the combined company, (2) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of EverBank and (3) a sale of shares by a stockholder, or a group of related stockholders, that will effect a change in control of us, as determined by the FDIC with reference to the standards set forth in the Change in Bank Control Act (generally, the acquisition of between 10% and 25% of our voting securities where the presumption of control is not rebutted, or the acquisition by any person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more persons, of more than 25% of our voting securities). Although our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains a provision that, with reference to the Change in Bank Control Act, restricts any person from acquiring control of us, or more than 9.9% of our voting securities, without the prior approval of our Board of Directors, such an acquisition by stockholders could occur beyond our control. If we or any stockholder desired to enter into any such transaction, the FDIC may not grant its consent in a timely manner, without conditions, or at all. If one of these transactions were to occur without prior FDIC consent and the FDIC withdrew its loss share protection, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulatory and Legal Risks

We operate in a highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) and the

92

Part II.   Other Information

overall financial system, these laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that EverBank can pay to us, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt, impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than GAAP, among other things. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. We are currently facing increased regulation and supervision of our industry as a result of the financial crisis in the banking and financial markets, and, to the extent that we participate in any programs established or to be established by the U.S. Treasury or by the federal bank regulatory agencies, there will be additional and changing requirements and conditions imposed on us. Such additional regulation and supervision may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Further, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure is inadvertent or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our common stock.

Federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

On April 13, 2011, we and EverBank each entered into a consent order with the OTS with respect to EverBank’s mortgage foreclosure practices and our oversight of those practices. The consent orders require, among other things, that we establish a new compliance program for our mortgage servicing and foreclosure operations and that we ensure that we have dedicated resources for communicating with borrowers, policies and procedures for outsourcing foreclosure or related functions and management information systems that ensure timely delivery of complete and accurate information. We are also required to retain an independent firm to conduct a review of residential foreclosure actions that were pending from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2010 in order to determine whether any borrowers sustained financial injury as a result of any errors, misrepresentations or deficiencies and to provide remediation as appropriate. We are working to fulfill the requirements of the consent orders. In response to the consent orders, we have established an oversight committee to monitor the implementation of the actions required by the consent orders. Furthermore, we have enhanced and updated several policies, procedures, processes and controls to help ensure the mitigation of the findings of the consent orders, and submitted them to the FRB and the OCC (the applicable successors to the OTS) for review. In addition, we have enhanced our third-party vendor management system and our compliance program, hired additional personnel and retained an independent firm to conduct foreclosure reviews.

In addition to the horizontal review, other government agencies, including state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice, investigated various mortgage related practices of certain servicers, some of which practices were also the subject of the horizontal review. In March 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Department of Housing and Urban Development and 50 state attorneys general entered into separate consent judgments with five major mortgage servicers with respect to these matters. In total, the five mortgage servicers agreed to $25 billion in borrower restitution assistance and refinancing. Monetary sanctions imposed by the federal banking agencies as a consequence of the horizontal review are being held in abeyance, subject to provision of borrower assistance and remediation under the consent judgments. We understand certain other institutions subject to the consent decrees with the banking regulators announced in April 2011 recently have been contacted by the U.S. Department of Justice and state attorneys general regarding a settlement. If an investigation of EverBank were to occur, it could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), other enforcement actions or additional litigation, and could result in significant legal costs in responding to governmental investigations and additional litigation. In addition, the federal banking agencies may impose civil monetary penalties on the remaining banks that were subject to the horizontal review as part of such an investigation or independently but have not indicated what the amount of any such penalties would be. Any other requirements or remedies or penalties that may be imposed on us as a result of the horizontal review or any other investigation or action related to mortgage origination or servicing may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, capital base and the price of our common stock.

93

Part II.   Other Information

We expect that mortgage-related assessments and waivers, costs, including compensatory fees assessed by the GSEs, and other costs associated with foreclosures will remain elevated as additional loans are delayed in the foreclosure process. This will likely continue to increase noninterest expenses, including increasing default servicing costs and legal expenses. In addition, changes to our processes and policies, including those required under the consent orders with federal bank regulators, are likely to result in further increases in our default servicing costs over the longer term. Delays in foreclosure sales may result in additional costs associated with the maintenance of properties or possible home price declines, result in a greater number of nonperforming loans and increased servicing advances and may adversely affect the collectability of such advances and the value of our MSR asset and real estate owned properties. In addition, the valuation of certain of our agency residential MBS could be negatively affected under certain scenarios due to changes in the timing of cash flows.

In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, as of July 21, 2011, the functions and personnel of the OTS were transferred among the OCC, FDIC and FRB. As a result, the OTS no longer supervises or regulates savings associations or savings and loan holding companies. The supervision of federal thrifts, such as EverBank, was transferred to the OCC, and the supervision of thrift holding companies, such as us, was transferred to the FRB. A number of steps have been made and will be taken by the FRB to align the regulation and supervision of thrift holding companies more closely with that of bank holding companies. As a result of this change in supervision and related requirements, we are subject to new and uncertain examination and reporting requirements that could be more stringent than the OTS examinations we have had historically.

Governmental and other actions relating to recording mortgages in the name of MERS may have adverse consequences on us.

Mortgage notes, assignments or other documents are often required to be maintained and are often necessary to enforce mortgages loans. There has been significant public commentary regarding the industry practice of recording mortgages in the name of Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. (MERS) as nominee on behalf of the note holder, and whether securitization trusts own the loans purported to be conveyed to them and have valid liens securing those loans. We currently use the MERS system for a substantial portion of the residential mortgage loans that we originate, including loans that have been sold to investors. A component of the consent orders described above requires significant changes in the manner in which we service loans identifying MERS as the mortgagee. Additionally, certain local and state governments have commenced legal actions against MERS and certain MERS members, questioning the validity of the MERS model. Other challenges have also been made to the process for transferring mortgage loans to securitization trusts, asserting that having a mortgagee of record that is different than the holder of the mortgage note could ‘break the chain of title’ and cloud the ownership of the loan. If certain required documents are missing or defective, or if the use of MERS is found not to be valid, we could be obligated to cure certain defects or in some circumstances be subject to additional costs and expenses in servicing mortgages. Our use of MERS as nominee for mortgages may also create reputational and other risks for us.

94

Part II.   Other Information

The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act may have a material effect on our operations.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act, which imposes significant regulatory and compliance changes. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business are:

• changes in the thrift supervisory structure;

• changes to regulatory capital requirements;

• creation of new governmental agencies with authority over our operations including the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB);

• limitation on federal preemption; and

• changes to mortgage loan origination and risk retention practices.

As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act has changed the regulatory and supervisory framework governing federal thrifts and thrift holding companies, and as a result of this change in supervision and related requirements, we are subject to new and uncertain examination and reporting requirements that could be more stringent than our historic OTS examinations. It is also expected that the FRB will impose regulatory capital requirements on thrift holding companies, such as us, which have not been historically subject to such requirements.

The Dodd-Frank Act also includes numerous provisions that impact mortgage origination. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the loss of federal preemption for operating subsidiaries and agents of national banks and federal thrifts, as well as changes to the compensation and compliance obligations of independent mortgage brokers, could change the manner in which our mortgage loans are originated. For example, we originate some of our mortgages through mortgage brokers not affiliated with us. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, there will likely be fewer independent, nonbank mortgage brokers and lenders. A reduction in the number of independent mortgage brokers may adversely affect our mortgage volume and, thus, our revenues and earnings. In addition, in April 2012 the CFPB announced that it is considering adopting new standards that would require servicers (i) to maintain reasonable information management policies and procedures, (ii) to intervene early with troubled and delinquent borrowers and (iii) to ensure staff who deals with a homeowner have access to records about that homeowner, including records of the homeowner’s previous communications with the servicer. These proposals, if adopted, or any other standards or rules adopted by the CFPB in the future may impose greater restrictions on our operations.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act contains provisions designed to limit the ability of insured depository institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates to conduct certain swaps and derivatives activities and to take certain principal positions in financial instruments. While it is generally understood that these limitations are not intended to restrict hedging activities, the impact of the statutory limitations on our ability to conduct our hedging strategies will not be clear until the implementing regulations have been promulgated.

The Dodd-Frank Act currently impacts, or may impact in the future, other aspects of our operations and activities.

The short-term and long-term impact of the new Basel III capital standards and the forthcoming new capital rules for non-Basel U.S. banks is uncertain.

On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced an agreement to a strengthened set of capital requirements for internationally active banking organizations in the United States and around the world, known as Basel III. When implemented by U.S. banking authorities, which have expressed support for the new capital standards, we expect Basel III will eventually preclude us from including certain assets in our regulatory capital ratios, including MSR. MSR currently comprise a significant portion of our regulatory capital.

We are highly dependent upon programs administered by government agencies or government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, to generate liquidity in

95

Part II.   Other Information

connection with our conforming mortgage loans. Any changes in existing U.S. government or government-sponsored mortgage programs could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to generate revenues through securities issuances guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, or GNMA, and through mortgage loan sales to GSEs such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (as well as to other institutional investors), depends to a significant degree on programs administered by those entities. The GSEs play a powerful role in the residential mortgage industry, and we have significant business relationships with them. Many of the loans that we originate are conforming loans that qualify under existing standards for sale to the GSEs or for guarantee by GNMA. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by these GSEs on all loans sold to them that are pooled into securities, in exchange for our payment of guaranty fees, and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures. Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of these GSEs or any significant adverse change in the level of activity in the secondary mortgage market or the underwriting criteria of these GSEs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Because nearly all other non-governmental participants providing liquidity in the secondary mortgage market left that market during the mortgage financial crisis, the GSEs have been the only significant purchasers of residential mortgage loans. It remains unclear when private investors may begin to re-enter the market in a meaningful way. As described above, GSEs (which are in conservatorship, with heavy capital support from the U.S. government, and subject to serious speculation about their future structure, if any) may not be able to provide the substantial liquidity upon which our residential mortgage loan business relies.

Federal, state and local consumer lending laws may restrict our ability to originate or increase our risk of liability with respect to certain mortgage loans and could increase our cost of doing business.

Federal, state and local laws have been adopted that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans, and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. It is our policy not to make predatory loans, but these laws create the potential for liability with respect to our lending, servicing and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business, and ultimately may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

Legislative action regarding foreclosures or bankruptcy laws may negatively impact our business.

Recent laws delay the initiation or completion of foreclosure proceedings on specified types of residential mortgage loans (some for a limited period of time), or otherwise limit the ability of residential loan servicers to take actions that may be essential to preserve the value of the mortgage loans underlying the MSR. Any such limitations are likely to cause delayed or reduced collections from mortgagors and generally increased servicing costs. Any restriction on our ability to foreclose on a loan, any requirement that we forego a portion of the amount otherwise due on a loan or any requirement that we modify any original loan terms will in some instances require us to advance principal, interest, tax and insurance payments, which is likely to negatively impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We are exposed to environmental liabilities with respect to properties that we take title to upon foreclosure that could increase our costs of doing business and harm our results of operations.

In the course of our activities, we may foreclose and take title to residential and commercial properties and become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to those properties. The laws and regulations related to environmental contamination often impose liability without regard to responsibility for the contamination. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with

96

Part II.   Other Information

environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. Moreover, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based upon damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be significantly harmed.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially.

Since our common stock has only recently been publicly traded it is difficult to predict the future volatility of the trading price of our stock as compared to the broader stock market indices. Our share price may be volatile for several reasons. We are currently operating through a protracted period of historically low interest rates that will not be sustained indefinitely. Recent and pending legislative, regulatory, monetary and political developments have led to a high level of uncertainty, and these factors could have profound implications for the banking industry and the outlook for our future profitability. In addition, our business model is highly adaptive. In the past, we have rapidly entered and exited lines of business as circumstances have changed and this practice may continue, which could lead to higher levels of volatility in our share price as compared to other financial institutions that conduct business in more predictable ways.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

If any of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If any of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid.

Our ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations and to the extent we are not able to access those funds, may impair our ability to accomplish our growth strategy and pay our operating expenses.

Although we intend to pay an initial quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders, we have no obligation to do so and may change our dividend policy at any time without notice to our stockholders. Further, as a holding company separate and distinct from EverBank, our only bank subsidiary, with no significant assets other than EverBank’s capital stock, we will need to depend upon dividends from EverBank for substantially all of our income. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends and cover operating expenses depends primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from EverBank. EverBank’s ability to pay dividends to us is subject to, among other things, its earnings, financial condition and need for funds, as well as federal and state governmental policies and regulations applicable to us and EverBank, including the statutory requirement that we serve as a source of financial strength for EverBank, which limit the amount that may be paid as dividends without prior regulatory approval. Additionally, if EverBank’s earnings are not sufficient to pay dividends to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, we may not be able to pay dividends to our stockholders.

97

Part II.   Other Information

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which may divert from our business operations.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and listing requirements of the NYSE. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Compliance with these rules and regulations will result in significant increases in legal, accounting and other expenses.

The need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, we strive to maintain a work environment that reinforces our culture of collaboration, motivation and disciplined growth strategy. The effects of becoming public, including potential changes in our historical business practices, which focused on long-term growth instead of short-term gains, could adversely affect this culture. In connection with the audit for the year ended December 31, 2010, a material weakness was identified, however, this weakness was remediated in 2011 and there were no material weaknesses identified for the year ended December 31, 2011. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a stand-alone public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. If we do not continue to develop and implement the right processes and tools to manage our changing enterprise and maintain our culture, our ability to compete successfully and achieve our business objectives could be impaired, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we will file with the SEC, and will likely require in the same report, a report by our independent auditors on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, as an “emerging growth company” as defined by the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent auditors will not be required to furnish such an assessment until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies. We may not be able to remediate any future deficiencies in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. Further, we may take advantage of other exemptions afforded to “emerging growth companies” from time to time.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As a result we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. Further, we are eligible to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and we intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. To the extent we choose to do so, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances. If we take advantage of any of these exemptions, we do not know if some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result. The result may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

98

Part II.   Other Information

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may depress the price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market, including shares which might be offered for sale by our existing stockholders. The perception that these sales might occur could depress the market price. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Anti-takeover provisions could adversely affect our stockholders.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws:

• authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

• limit the ability of a person to own, control or have the power to vote more than 9.9% of our voting securities, in order to prevent any potential termination of protection under the loss sharing agreements we have with the FDIC in connection with the Bank of Florida acquisition;

• establish a classified board of directors, with directors of each class serving a three-year term;

• require that directors only be removed from office for cause and only upon a majority stockholder vote;

• provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

• limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;

• prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and

• require supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws.

In addition, there are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of savings and loan holding companies and federal savings associations. Any company that acquires control of a savings association becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the FRB. “Control,” as defined under federal banking regulations, includes ownership or control of shares, or holding irrevocable proxies (or a combination thereof), representing 25% or more of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the FRB that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Further, an acquisition of 10% or more of our common stock creates a rebuttable presumption of “control” under federal banking regulations. These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire EverBank or us even if such an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders.

99

Part II.   Other Information

Item 6. Exhibits

A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index and is incorporated herein by reference.

100

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

	EverBank Financial Corp
Date:      May 30, 2012	/s/ Robert M. Clements
	Robert M. Clements
	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)
Date:      May 30, 2012	/s/ Steven J. Fischer
	Steven J. Fischer
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

101

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 8, 2012, by and between EverBank Financial Corp, a Florida corporation, and EverBank Financial Corp, a Delaware corporation.**
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of EverBank Financial Corp**
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of EverBank Financial Corp**
4.1	Specimen stock certificate of EverBank Financial Corp (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on February 7, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).
4.2	First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated May 25, 2005 pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $10,310,000 of its Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due August 23, 2035.
4.3	First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated September 28, 2005 pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $10,310,000 of its Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due November 23, 2035.
4.4	First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated March 30, 2007 pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $15,464,000 of its Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due June 15, 2037.
4.5	First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated June 21, 2007 pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $13,403,000 of its Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due September 15, 2037.
4.6	Second Supplemental Indenture (Alliance Capital Partners Statutory Trust I), dated May 8, 2012, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated July 31, 2001, as amended by that First Supplemental Indenture effective as of January 2, 2005, pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $15,464,000 of its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures.
4.7	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among the Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated July 16, 2001, as amended by that First Supplemental Indenture effective as of January 2, 2005, pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $15,464,000 of its 10.25% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due July 25, 2031.

102

4.8	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated December 29, 2004, as amended by that First Supplemental Indenture effective as of January 2, 2005, pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $10,310,000 of its Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due January 2, 2005.
4.9	First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 8, 2012, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, as trustee, EverBank Financial Corp (Delaware) and EverBank Financial Corp (Florida), to the Indenture dated December 14, 2006 pursuant to which EverBank Financial Corp (Florida) issued $20,619,000 of its Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due December 15, 2036.
10.1	EverBank Financial Corp First Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on November 12, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.2	EverBank Financial Corp 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on February 7, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3	EverBank Financial Corp 2011 Executive Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on January 21, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**
101	The following materials from the Company’s 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2012, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (a) Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets; (b) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income; (c) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (d) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (e) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (f) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.*
*	Furnished herewith. Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.
**	Filed herewith.

103

EX-2.1

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of May 8, 2012 (this “Agreement”), is entered into by and between EverBank Financial Corp, a Florida corporation (“EverBank (FL)”), and EverBank Financial Corp, a Delaware corporation (“EverBank (DE)”). EverBank (FL) and EverBank (DE) are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “Constituent Corporations.”

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, EverBank (FL) is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida;

WHEREAS, EverBank (DE) is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and a wholly-owned subsidiary of EverBank (FL);

WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of EverBank (FL) and EverBank (DE) have determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of such corporations and their stockholders that EverBank (FL) merge with and into EverBank (DE) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, for United States federal income tax purposes, the parties hereto intend the Merger (as defined below) shall qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and this Agreement is hereby adopted as a plan of reorganization for purposes of Section 368(a) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;

WHEREAS, the shareholders of EverBank (FL) have approved this Agreement, by execution of written consents in accordance with Section 607.1107 of the Florida Business Corporation Act;

WHEREAS, EverBank (FL), in its capacity as the sole stockholder of EverBank (DE) has approved this Agreement, by execution of a written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements and covenants herein contained, EverBank (FL) and EverBank (DE) hereby agree as follows:

1. Merger. EverBank (FL) shall be merged with and into EverBank (DE) (the “Merger”) such that EverBank (DE) shall be the surviving corporation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “Surviving Corporation”). Appropriate documents necessary to effectuate the Merger shall be filed with the Secretaries of State of the States of Florida and Delaware and the Merger shall become effective at the time provided by applicable law (the “Effective Time”).

2. Governing Documents. The Certificate of Incorporation of EverBank (DE) shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, and upon the consummation of the Merger, shall be amended and restated as attached hereto as Exhibit A, and the By-Laws of EverBank (DE) shall be the By-laws of the Surviving Corporation, and upon the consummation of the Merger, shall be amended and restated as attached hereto as Exhibit B.

3. Directors. The persons who are directors of EverBank (DE) immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, after the Effective Time, be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, without change until their successors have been duly elected and qualified in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Surviving Corporation.

4. Officers. The persons who are officers of EverBank (FL) immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, after the Effective Time, be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, without change until their successors have been duly elected and qualified in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Surviving Corporation.

5. Succession. At the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of EverBank (FL) shall cease and (i) all the rights, privileges, powers and franchises of a public and private nature of each of the Constituent Corporations, subject to all the restrictions, disabilities and duties of each of the Constituent Corporations; (ii) all assets, property, real, personal and mixed, belonging to each of the Constituent Corporations; and (iii) all debts due to each of the Constituent Corporations on whatever account, including stock subscriptions and all other things in action; shall succeed to, be vested in and become the property of the Surviving Corporation without any further act or deed as they were of the respective Constituent Corporations. The title to any real estate vested by deed or otherwise and any other asset, in either of such Constituent Corporations shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of the Merger, but all rights of creditors and all liens upon any property of EverBank (FL) shall be preserved unimpaired. To the extent permitted by law, any claim existing or action or proceeding pending by or against either of the Constituent Corporations may be prosecuted as if the Merger had not taken place. All debts, liabilities and duties of the respective Constituent Corporations shall thenceforth attach to the Surviving Corporation and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if such debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it. All corporate acts, plans, policies, agreements, arrangements, approvals and authorizations of EverBank (FL), its shareholders, Board of Directors and committees thereof, officers and agents that were valid and effective immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be taken for all purposes as the acts, plans, policies, agreements, arrangements, approvals and authorizations of the Surviving Corporation and shall be as effective and binding thereon as the same were with respect to EverBank (FL). The employees and agents of EverBank (FL) shall become the employees and agents of the Surviving Corporation and continue to be entitled to the same rights and benefits that they enjoyed as employees and agents of EverBank (FL).

2

6. Further Assurances. From time to time, as and when required by the Surviving Corporation or by its successors or assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of EverBank (FL) such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by it all such further and other action, as shall be appropriate, advisable or necessary in order to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation the title to and possession of all property, interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority of EverBank (FL), and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. The officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of EverBank (FL) or otherwise, to take any and all such action and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds and other instruments.

7. Conversion of Shares. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, (i) each share of EverBank (FL) common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“EverBank (FL) Common Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be changed and converted into one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non assessable share of EverBank (DE) common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“EverBank (DE) Common Stock”); (ii) each share of EverBank (FL) Series A 6% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“EverBank (FL) Series A Preferred Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be changed and converted into fifteen (15) validly issued, fully paid and non assessable shares of EverBank (DE) Common Stock; (iii) each share of EverBank (FL) 4% Series B Cumulative Participating Perpetual Pay In Kind Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“EverBank (FL) Series B Preferred Stock”), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be changed and converted into one hundred sixteen and ninety-two hundredths (116.92) validly issued, fully paid and non assessable shares of EverBank (DE) Common Stock and (iv) each share of EverBank (DE) Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by EverBank (FL) shall be cancelled without any consideration being issued or paid therefor. After the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall reflect in its stock ledger the number of shares of EverBank (DE) Common Stock to which each shareholder of EverBank (FL) is entitled pursuant to the terms hereof.

8. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of DE Common shall be issued upon the conversion of any shares of EverBank (FL) Common Stock, EverBank (FL) Series A Preferred Stock or EverBank (FL) Series B Preferred Stock. If the conversion of any shares of EverBank (FL) Common Stock results in a fractional share of DE Common Stock, the Surviving Corporation shall pay cash in lieu thereof in an amount equal (computed to the nearest cent) to the same fraction of the closing price of the DE Common Stock, traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on a “when issued trading” basis, as reported on the NYSE website, on the second trading day immediately preceding the Effective Time. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of EverBank (FL) (“Articles of Incorporation”), if the conversion of any shares of EverBank (FL) Series A Preferred Stock results in a fractional

3

share of DE Common Stock, the Surviving Corporation shall pay cash in lieu thereof in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the issuance price of such share of EverBank (FL) Series A Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, if the conversion of any shares of EverBank (FL) Series B Preferred Stock results in a fractional share of DE Common Stock, the Surviving Corporation shall pay cash in lieu thereof in an amount equal (computed to the nearest cent) to the same fraction of the closing price of the DE Common Stock, traded on the NYSE on a “when issued trading” basis, as reported on the NYSE website, on the second trading day immediately preceding the Effective Time. No such holder shall be entitled to dividends, voting rights or any other rights in respect of any fractional share.

9. Amendment. The parties hereto, by mutual consent of their respective Boards of Directors, may amend, modify or supplement this Agreement prior to the Effective Time.

10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

11. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the choice or conflict of law provisions contained therein to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction will be required thereby.

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EverBank (FL) and EverBank (DE) have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

EverBank Financial Corp, a Florida corporation
By:

Name:

Title:

EverBank Financial Corp, a Delaware corporation
By:

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EVERBANK FINANCIAL CORP

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is EverBank Financial Corp (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “DGCL”).

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 510,000,000 shares of capital stock (“Capital Stock”), consisting of (i) 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with a par value of one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

(a) Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be: (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

(b) Power to Sell and Purchase Shares. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue

1

or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.

(c) Ownership Limitation.

(i) Limitation. Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to clause (ii) and (iii) below, any sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise, pledge or other disposition of Capital Stock and the related purchase or receipt thereof (each, a “Transfer”) that results in any Person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other Persons, acquiring (A) control of the Corporation or any depository institution subsidiary of the Corporation for purposes of the Change in Bank Control Act, 12 U.S.C.A. §1817(j), or the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C.A. §1467a, or any applicable regulation promulgated under either such Act or any successor statute or successor regulation (such statutes and regulations being the “Regulatory Scheme”) or (B) the ownership, control or power to vote more than 9.9% of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Corporation as determined by reference to the Regulatory Scheme (each of (A) and (B), a “Control Event”) shall, to the extent, and solely to the extent, it involves Excess Securities (as defined below) purported to be included in such Transfer, be prohibited and void ab initio and subject to the terms of this section (c) (any such purported Transfer of Excess Securities being a “Prohibited Transfer”). “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity, and the term Person shall include any individual or entity through which such Person acts indirectly and any individual or entity with which such Person acts in concert. “Excess Securities” shall mean the Capital Stock purported to be included in a Transfer in excess of the maximum number of shares of Capital Stock that may be acquired by a Person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other Persons, without causing a Control Event; provided, however, that in no event shall Excess Securities include any shares of Capital Stock that were acquired by such Person prior to the effective date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

(ii) The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of entire Board of Directors, shall have the sole discretion to waive the prohibition set forth in Section (c)(i) above with respect to any Transfer, which waiver may be subject to such conditions as the Board of Directors may in its sole discretion so determine.

2

(iii) The restrictions set forth in this Section (c) shall not apply to a duly authorized employee benefit plan of the Corporation.

(iv) Treatment of Excess Securities.

(1) No officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation shall record any Prohibited Transfer, and a purported transferee of a Prohibited Transfer (a “Purported Transferee”) shall not be recognized as a stockholder of the Corporation for any purpose whatsoever in respect of Excess Securities. The Purported Transferee shall not be entitled with respect to Excess Securities to any rights of stockholders of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Excess Securities and to receive dividends or distributions, whether liquidating or otherwise, in respect thereof, if any. Once the Excess Securities have been acquired in a Transfer that is not a Prohibited Transfer, such securities shall cease to be Excess Securities.

(2) If the Board of Directors determines that a Transfer constitutes a Prohibited Transfer then, upon written demand by the Corporation, the Purported Transferee shall transfer or cause to be transferred any certificate or other evidence of ownership of the Excess Securities within the Purported Transferee’s possession or control, together with any dividends or other distributions that were paid by the Corporation and received by a Purported Transferee with respect to any Excess Securities (the “Prohibited Distributions”), to the agent designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Agent”). The Agent shall thereupon sell to a buyer or buyers, which may include the Corporation, the Excess Securities transferred to it in one or more arm’s-length transactions; provided, however, that the Agent shall effect such sale or sales in an orderly fashion and shall not be required to effect any such sale within any specific time frame if, in the Agent’s discretion, such sale or sales would disrupt the market for the Capital Stock in question or otherwise would adversely affect the value of any class or series of Capital Stock. If the Purported Transferee has resold the Excess Securities before receiving the Corporation’s demand to surrender the Excess Securities to the Agent, the Purported Transferee shall be deemed to have sold the Excess Securities for the Agent, and shall be required to transfer to the Agent any Prohibited Distributions and proceeds of such sale, except to the extent that the Corporation grants written permission to the Purported Transferee to retain a portion of such sales proceeds not exceeding the amount that the Purported Transferee would have received from the Agent pursuant to this section (c) including clauses (C) or (D) below, as applicable, if the Agent rather than the Purported Transferee had resold the Excess Securities.

3

(3) To the extent that a Purported Transferee acquired Excess Securities other than pursuant to an Involuntary Prohibited Transfer (as defined below) (a “Voluntary Prohibited Transfer”), the Agent shall apply any proceeds of a sale by it of Excess Securities, and if the Purported Transferee previously had resold the Excess Securities, any amounts received by the Agent from a Purported Transferee pursuant to clause (B) above, as follows: (i) first, such amounts shall be paid to the Agent to the extent necessary to cover its costs and expenses incurred in connection with its duties hereunder in respect of such Excess Securities; (ii) second, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the Purported Transferee, up to the lesser of (A) the amount paid by the Purported Transferee for the Excess Securities or (B) the fair market value of the Excess Securities at the time of the attempted Transfer, (1) if the Capital Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, calculated based upon the closing sale price per share on the principal exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed as reported by such exchange on the day before the Transfer, (2) if the Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange but is traded in the over-the-counter market, calculated based upon the difference between the highest bid and lowest asked prices, as such prices are reported by in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization on the day before the Transfer, or, if none, on the last preceding day for which such quotations exist, or (3) if the Capital Stock is neither listed nor admitted to trading on any stock exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, then as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, and (iii) third, any remaining amounts, subject to the limitations imposed by the following sentence, shall be paid to the Corporation. The recourse of any Purported Transferee in respect of any Voluntary Prohibited Transfer shall be limited to the amount payable to the Purported Transferee pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

(4) To the extent that a Purported Transferee acquires or becomes the holder of Excess Securities without any direct or indirect action by the Purported Transferee (an “Involuntary Prohibited Transfer”), the Agent shall apply any proceeds of a sale by it of Excess Securities, and if the Purported Transferee previously had resold the Excess Securities, any amounts received by the Agent from a Purported Transferee pursuant to clause (B) above, as follows: (i) first, such amounts shall be paid to the Agent to the extent necessary to cover its costs and expenses incurred in connection with its duties hereunder in respect of such Excess Securities (except in the case of any Involuntary Prohibited Transfer that is solely the result of action initiated by the Corporation, in which

4

case such amounts shall be borne by the Corporation); and (ii) second, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the Purported Transferee.

(5) The determination of whether any Prohibited Transfer is a Voluntary Prohibited Transfer or an Involuntary Prohibited Transfer shall be made in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

(v) Required Notices. Any Person (or group of related Persons or Persons acting in concert) that purports to own, control or have the power to vote Excess Securities shall give prompt written notice to the Corporation of such fact. Each Person (or group of related Persons or Persons acting in concert) that owns, controls or has the power to vote any shares of Capital Stock shall provide in writing to the Corporation upon demand any information as the Board of Directors deems necessary to enforce the provisions of this section (c).

(vi) Voting of Excess Securities. Any vote cast with respect to Excess Securities shall be void ab initio.

(vii) Settlements. Nothing in this section (c) shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of any national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this section (c) and any Purported Transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this section (c).

(viii) Pro Rata Treatment. To the extent that a Person that is a Purported Transferee of Excess Securities consists of one or more individuals or entities, the Excess Securities shall for purposes of this section (c) be apportioned among such individuals or entities pro rata based on the number of shares of Capital Stock held by each individual or entity.

(ix) Remedies. The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this section (c). No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this section (c) and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions, including but not limited with respect to: (A) the number of shares of any class or series of Capital Stock; (B) whether two or more entities are acting in concert so as to constitute a Person as defined in this section (c); (C) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this section (c) to given facts; or (D) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section (c).

5

(x) Legends and Notice. In addition to any other legend required by applicable law, each certificate for shares of Capital Stock shall bear substantially the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION, NO PERSON OR GROUP OF RELATED PERSONS OR PERSONS ACTING IN CONCERT MAY OWN, CONTROL OR HAVE THE POWER TO VOTE EXCESS SECURITIES (AS DEFINED IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION) AND ANY TRANSFER OF EXCESS SECURITIES WITHOUT HAVING OBTAINED A BOARD WAIVER WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY NULL AND VOID AB INITIO AND SUBJECT TO DISPOSITION AS PROVIDED IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION.

FIFTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(a) The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than seven (7) nor more than fifteen (15) members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

(b) The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors into classes shall be made by the decision of the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2013 Annual Meeting; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2014 Annual Meeting; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2015 Annual Meeting. At each succeeding Annual Meeting of Stockholders beginning in 2013, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that Annual Meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned

6

among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) The election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

(d) A director shall hold office until the Annual Meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. As determined by the Board of Directors, the Annual Meeting should be held each year, to the extent practicable, to ensure that the terms of office of directors shall approximate three (3) complete years in length.

(e) Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his or her predecessor.

(f) Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any related Certificate of Designation) applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article FIFTH unless expressly provided by such terms.

(g) In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s By-laws by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The Corporation’s By-laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

7

(h) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and the By-Laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

SIXTH:

(a) Unless otherwise required by law, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, (i) may be called by either (A) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (B) the Chief Executive Officer, or (C) the President, if there be one, or (ii) shall be called by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary at the request in writing of (A) the Board of Directors, (B) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority expressly include the power to call such meetings or (C) the holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Other than as set forth in clause (ii)(C) of the preceding sentence, any power of the stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied.

(b) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and the stockholders shall not have authority to consent in writing to the taking of any action.

SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the DGCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

EIGHTH: The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to

8

indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article EIGHTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer receiving advancement to repay the amount advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation under this Article EIGHTH.

(a) The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article EIGHTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.

(b) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article EIGHTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

(c) Any repeal or modification of this Article EIGHTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

NINTH: The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any actual or purported derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders or creditors, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

TENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that no amendment, alteration, change or repeal may be made to Section (c) of Article FOURTH, Article FIFTH, Article SIXTH, Article SEVENTH, Article EIGHTH, Article NINTH or this Article TENTH without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

9

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

EVERBANK FINANCIAL CORP

A Delaware Corporation

Effective May 8, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.1	Registered Office		1
Section 1.2	Other Offices		1
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.1	Place of Meetings		1
Section 2.2	Annual Meetings		1
Section 2.3	Special Meetings		2
Section 2.4	Notice		2
Section 2.5	Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders		2
Section 2.6	Nomination of Directors		6
Section 2.7	Adjournments		11
Section 2.8	Quorum		12
Section 2.9	Voting		12
Section 2.10	Record Date		13
Section 2.11	Proxies		13
Section 2.12	List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote		15
Section 2.13	Stock Ledger		16
Section 2.14	Conduct of Meetings		16
Section 2.15	Inspectors of Election		17
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 3.1	Number and Election of Directors		17
Section 3.2	Duties and Powers		18
Section 3.3	Meetings		18
Section 3.4	Organization		18
Section 3.5	Resignations and Removals of Directors		19
Section 3.6	Quorum		20
Section 3.7	Actions of the Board by Written Consent		20
Section 3.8	Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone		21
Section 3.9	Lead Independent Director		21
Section 3.10	Committees		21
Section 3.11	Compensation		23
Section 3.12	Interested Directors		23

i

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.1	General	24
Section 4.2	Election	24
Section 4.3	Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation	25
Section 4.4	Chairman of the Board of Directors	25
Section 4.5	Chief Executive Officer	26
Section 4.6	President	26
Section 4.7	Vice Presidents	27
Section 4.8	Secretary	27
Section 4.9	Treasurer	28
Section 4.10	Assistant Secretaries	29
Section 4.11	Assistant Treasurers	29
Section 4.12	Other Officers	30
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 5.1	Shares of Stock	30
Section 5.2	Signatures	31
Section 5.3	Lost Certificates	31
Section 5.4	Transfers	31
Section 5.5	Dividend Record Date	32
Section 5.6	Record Owners	33
Section 5.7	Transfer and Registry Agents	33
ARTICLE VI
NOTICES
Section 6.1	Notices	33
Section 6.2	Waivers of Notice	34
ARTICLE VII
indemnification
Section 7.1	Power to Indemnify	35
Section 7.2	Advance Expenses	36
Section 7.3	Limitation on Indemnification	37
Section 7.4	Defense of Claims	38
Section 7.5	Nonexclusivity	39
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 8.1	Dividends	40

ii

Section 8.2	Disbursements	40
Section 8.3	Fiscal Year	40
Section 8.4	Corporate Seal	40
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
Section 9.1	Amendments	41
Section 9.2	Entire Board of Directors	42

iii

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

EVERBANK FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation also may have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

Section 2.2 Annual Meetings. The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Section 2.3 Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called only as stated in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”). At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

Section 2.4 Notice. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which the stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.

Section 2.5 Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 2.6) may be transacted at an Annual Meeting of Stockholders as is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee

2

thereof), or (c) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

3

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (a) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting, and (b) as to the stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, (i) the name and address of such person, (ii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the

4

voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, (iv) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting to bring such business before the meeting; and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such person before the Annual Meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting.

5

No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders except business brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an Annual Meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).

Section 2.6 Nomination of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or at any Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized

6

committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.6 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.6.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of

7

an Annual Meeting or a Special Meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of such shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to

8

increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; and (iv) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (i) the name and record address of such person; (ii) (A) the class or series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any affiliates or associates of such person, (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person, and the number of shares of stock of the Corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or

9

pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (iii) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, and any proposed nominee or any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made by such person, and any material interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person; (iv) a representation that the stockholder giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an Annual Meeting or Special Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of the Annual Meeting or Special Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the

10

Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of such Annual Meeting or Special Meeting.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.6. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.6 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to nominate directors pursuant to Rule 14a-11 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).

Section 2.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.4 shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

11

Section 2.8 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.7, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 2.9 Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the rules of any stock exchange on which the Corporation’s shares are listed and traded, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 2.10, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 2.11. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

12

Section 2.10 Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 2.11 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

13

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may

14

be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Section 2.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

15

Section 2.13 Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 11 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 2.14 Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

16

Section 2.15 Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Number and Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be the number stated in the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting. Directors need not be stockholders.

17

Section 3.2 Duties and Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 3.3 Meetings. The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, telegram or electronic means on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

Section 3.4 Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such

18

committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, the lead independent director, if applicable, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

Section 3.5 Resignations and Removals of Directors. Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of

19

any shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors. Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.7 Actions of the Board by Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of

20

Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.8 Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.9 Lead Independent Director. The Board of Directors may appoint a non-employee director to serve as the lead independent director with such responsibilities and duties as the Board, from time to time, may determine in accordance with applicable law.

Section 3.10 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as

21

alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.

22

Section 3.11 Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 3.12 Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically

23

approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 4.2 Election. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected

24

by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4.4 Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors otherwise designates, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts,

25

certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.5 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive of the Corporation, shall have general and active management of the business and affairs of the Corporation subject to the directions of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.6 President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall

26

otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.7 Vice Presidents. At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 4.8 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by

27

the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 4.9 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an

28

account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 4.10 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 4.11 Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for

29

the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 4.12 Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1 Shares of Stock. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Notwithstanding the adoption of any such resolution providing for uncertificated shares, every holder of capital stock of the Corporation theretofore represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate for shares of capital stock of the Corporation signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Executive Vice President, and (b) the Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

30

Section 5.2 Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 5.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 5.4 Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such

31

person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

Section 5.5 Dividend Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

32

Section 5.6 Record Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 5.7 Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 6.1 Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to

33

stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.

Section 6.2 Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by

34

the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Power to Indemnify. In furtherance of the rights granted in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, any threatened, asserted, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (each, a “Claim”), whether civil, criminal administrative, investigative or other action by reason of (or arising in part out of) the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, the Corporation shall indemnify such person, or cause such

35

person to be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law; provided, however, that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to such person hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments after the date hereof.

Section 7.2 Advance Expenses. If so requested by an officer or director of the Corporation, the Corporation shall advance, or cause to be advanced (within two business days of such request) any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such person (an “Expense Advance”). The Corporation shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), either (i) pay, or caused to be paid, such expenses on behalf of such person, or (ii) reimburse, or cause to be reimbursed such person for such expenses. Subject to Section 7.3 any director’s or officer’s right to an Expense Advance is absolute and shall not be subject to any prior determination by the Board of Directors that such person has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification. Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, any director or officer shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to these By-Laws in connection with any Claim initiated by such person unless (i) the Corporation has joined in or the Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim or (ii) the Claim is one to enforce the director’s and officer’s rights under these By-Laws (including an action pursued by such person to secure a determination that such person should be indemnified under applicable law). To the extent that the director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including

36

dismissal without prejudice, such person shall be indemnified against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Board of Directors that such person is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

Section 7.3 Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the indemnification obligations of the Corporation under Section 7.1 shall be subject to the condition that the Board of Directors shall not have determined that such person would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and (ii) the obligation of the Corporation to make an Expense Advance pursuant to Section 7.2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Board of Directors determines that such person would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Corporation shall be entitled to be reimbursed by such director or officer for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if such person has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that he or she should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Board of Directors that such person would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and such person shall not be required to reimburse the Corporation for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). The director or officer’s undertaking to repay such Expense Advances shall be unsecured and interest-free. If there has been no determination by the Board of Directors within thirty (30) days after written demand is

37

presented to the Corporation or if the Board of Directors determines that the director or officer would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, such person shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Board of Directors or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Corporation hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Board of Directors otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation and the director or officer.

Section 7.4 Defense of Claims. The Corporation shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the director or officer; provided that if such person believes, after consultation with counsel selected by the director or officer, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Corporation to represent such person would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest, (ii) the named parties in any such Claim (including any impleaded parties) include the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation and such person, and such person concludes that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Corporation or such subsidiary of Corporation, or (iii) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then such person shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of

38

any particular Claim) at the Corporation’s expense. The Corporation shall not be liable to any director or officer under these by-laws for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim relating to a Claim effected without the Corporation’s prior written consent. The Corporation shall not, without the prior written consent of the director or officer, effect any settlement of any Claim which the director or officer is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of such person from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Corporation nor the director or officer shall unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its or his or her consent to any proposed settlement; provided that such person may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of such person. In no event shall the director or officer be required to waive, prejudice or limit attorney-client privilege or work-product protection or other applicable privilege or protection.

Section 7.5 Nonexclusivity. The rights of the directors or officers pursuant to this Article VII shall be in addition to any other rights the directors or officers may have under the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other agreement with the Corporation. To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of these By-laws, any other agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation, it is the intent of the Corporation that the directors or officers shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation or in another agreement.

39

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 8.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 3.7), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 8.2 Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 8.3 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 8.4 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

40

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1 Amendments. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.

41

Section 9.2 Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

* * *

Adopted as of: May 8, 2012

42

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Robert M. Clements, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EverBank Financial Corp;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d–15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Robert M. Clements

Robert M. Clements

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: May 30, 2012

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Steven J. Fischer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EverBank Financial Corp;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d–15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Steven J. Fischer

Steven J. Fischer

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: May 30, 2012

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EverBank Financial Corp (the “Company”) for the period ended March 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert M. Clements, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Robert M. Clements

Robert M. Clements

Chief Executive Office

(Principal Executive Officer)

EverBank Financial Corp

May 30, 2012

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of EverBank Financial Corp (the “Company”) for the period ended March 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Steven J. Fischer, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Steven J. Fischer

Steven J. Fischer

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EverBank Financial Corp

May 30, 2012

XML

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Updates to Significant Accounting Policies

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Updates to Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Updates to Significant Accounting Policies

2.  Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Updates to Significant Accounting Policies

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements — In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (Topic 820)—Fair Value Measurement, to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for the first quarter of 2012 and should be applied prospectively. Adoption of this standard resulted in additional disclosures as presented in Note 12 but did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income — In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income, to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 is effective for the first quarter of 2012 and should be applied retrospectively. Adoption of this standard resulted in the presentation of Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income separate from the statement of shareholders’ equity but did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12,Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)- Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, to allow time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. Adoption of this ASU will not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or results of operations since it reinstates the presentation requirements before ASU 2011-05 was issued.

Updates to Significant Accounting Policies

There have been no material changes to our significant accounting policies as compared to the significant accounting policies described in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1.

XML

Organization and Basis of Presentation

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Organization and Basis of Presentation [Abstract]

Organization and Basis of Presentation

1.  Organization and Basis of Presentation

a) Organization — EverBank Financial Corp (the Company) is a thrift holding company with one direct subsidiary, EverBank (EB). EB is a federally chartered thrift institution with its home office located in Jacksonville, Florida. In addition, its direct banking services are offered nationwide. EB operates 14 financial centers in Florida. EB (a) accepts deposits from the general public; (b) originates, purchases, services and sells residential real estate mortgage loans; (c) originates, services, and sells commercial real estate loans; (d) originates consumer, home equity, and commercial loans and leases; and (e) offers full-service securities brokerage and investment advisory services.

EB’s subsidiaries are:

— AMC Holding, Inc., the parent of CustomerOne Financial Network, Inc.;

— Tygris Commercial Finance Group (TCFG);

— EverInsurance, Inc.;

— Elite Lender Services, Inc.; and

— EverBank Wealth Management (EWM).

On January 31, 2012, as part of a tax-free reorganization, the assets, liabilities and business activities of EWM were transferred to EB.

b) Reincorporation — In September 2010, EverBank Financial Corp, a Florida corporation, or EverBank Florida, formed EverBank Financial Corp, a Delaware corporation, or EverBank Delaware. Subsequent to its formation, EverBank Delaware held no assets and had no subsidiaries having never engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. In May 2012, EverBank Delaware completed an initial public offering with its common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange LLC (NYSE) under the symbol “EVER”. Immediately preceding the consummation of that offering, EverBank Florida merged with and into EverBank Delaware, with EverBank Delaware continuing as the surviving corporation and succeeding to all of the assets, liabilities and business of EverBank Florida. The merger resulted in the following:

— All of the outstanding shares of common stock of EverBank Florida were converted into approximately 77,994,699 shares of EverBank Delaware common stock;

— All of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock were converted into 15,964,644 shares of EverBank Delaware common stock;

— The reincorporation of EverBank Florida in Delaware results in the Company now being governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Reincorporation of EverBank Florida in Delaware did not result in any change of the business, management, fiscal year, assets, liabilities or location of the principal facilities of the Company.

c) Basis of Presentation — The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information and the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all information or footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and note disclosures as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, which are included in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiary. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In management’s opinion, all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and changes in cash flows have been made.

GAAP requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts and disclosures of contingencies in the consolidated financial statements. Estimates by their nature are based on judgment and available information. Material estimates relate to the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses, loans and leases acquired with evidence of credit deterioration, repurchase obligations, lease residuals, contingent liabilities, and the fair values of investment securities, loans held for sale, MSR, share-based compensation and derivative instruments. Because of the inherent uncertainties associated with any estimation process and future changes in market and economic conditions, it is possible that actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$ 29,142	$ 31,441
Interest-bearing deposits in banks	355,581	263,540
Total cash and cash equivalents	384,723	294,981
Investment securities:
Available for sale, at fair value	1,937,748	1,903,922
Held to maturity (fair value of $194,867 and $194,350 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)	190,642	189,518
Other investments	99,915	98,392
Total investment securities	2,228,305	2,191,832
Loans held for sale (includes $672,651 and $777,280 carried at fair value as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)	2,530,966	2,725,286
Loans and leases held for investment:
Covered by loss share or indemnification agreements	788,129	841,146
Not covered by loss share or indemnification agreements	6,535,058	5,678,135
Loans and leases held for investment, net of unearned income	7,323,187	6,519,281
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(78,254)	(77,765)
Total loans and leases held for investment, net	7,244,933	6,441,516
Equipment under operating leases, net	67,899	56,399
Mortgage servicing rights (MSR), net	462,420	489,496
Deferred income taxes, net	143,218	151,634
Premises and equipment, net	45,744	43,738
Other assets	666,613	646,796
Total Assets	13,774,821	13,041,678
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing	1,367,592	1,234,615
Interest-bearing	9,185,368	9,031,148
Total deposits	10,552,960	10,265,763
Other borrowings	1,706,298	1,257,879
Trust preferred securities	103,750	103,750
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	417,124	446,621
Total Liabilities	12,780,132	12,074,013
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)
Shareholders' Equity
Common Stock, $0.01 par value (150,000,000 shares authorized; 77,994,699 and 75,094,375 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 respectively)	780	751
Additional paid-in capital	562,327	561,247
Retained earnings	520,777	513,413
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(89,196)	(107,749)
Total Shareholders' Equity	994,689	967,665
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	13,774,821	13,041,678
Series A Preferred Stock
Shareholders' Equity
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock	0	2
Series B Preferred Stock
Shareholders' Equity
Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock	$ 1	$ 1

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands	Total	Shareholders' Equity Preferred Stock	Shareholders' Equity Common Stock	Shareholders' Equity Additional Paid-In Capital	Shareholders' Equity Retained Earnings	Shareholders' Equity Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	$ 1,013,198	$ 3	$ 747	$ 556,001	$ 461,503	$ (5,056)
Net Income	9,416				9,416
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	(3,351)					(3,351)
Issuance of common stock	65		1	64
Repurchase of common stock	(267)			(267)
Share-based grants (including income tax benefits)	1,579			1,579
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Stock	(56)				(56)
Paid-in-kind dividends on Series B Preferred Stock				592	(592)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2011	1,020,584	3	748	557,969	470,271	(8,407)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	967,665	3	751	561,247	513,413	(107,749)
Net Income	11,846				11,846
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	18,553					18,553
Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock		(2)	28	(26)
Issuance of common stock	58		1	57
Repurchase of common stock	(360)			(360)
Share-based grants (including income tax benefits)	1,409			1,409
Dividends paid on Series A Preferred Stock	(4,482)				(4,482)
Balance at Mar. 31, 2012	$ 994,689	$ 1	$ 780	$ 562,327	$ 520,777	$ (89,196)

XML

Subsequent Events

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

15.   Subsequent Events

On April 2, 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the net assets of the Warehouse Lending Division of MetLife Bank N.A. pursuant to the asset purchase agreement dated February 8, 2012 between the Company and MetLife Bank N.A. Consideration for the acquisition was approximately $351 million in cash paid to MetLife Bank N.A. with the assets acquired primarily representing outstandings on commercial lines of credit with an approximate par value of $351 million.

The Company will account for the acquisition using the acquisition method. Based on the acquisition method of accounting, the consideration paid to MetLife Bank N.A. is allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities, including identifiable intangible assets, based on their fair value as of the date of the completion of the acquisition. Any remaining amount of the purchase price in excess of fair value is recorded as goodwill. The purchase price allocation has not been finalized as of the date of this report, but the Company does not expect significant goodwill or bargain purchase gain to be recorded.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Operating Activities:
Net income	$ 11,846	$ 9,416
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Amortization of premiums on investments	2,582	1,113
Depreciation and amortization of tangible and intangible assets	8,804	4,458
Amortization of loss on settlement of interest rate swaps	1,710	2,029
Amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights	44,483	22,788
Deferred income taxes	(2,654)	11,808
Provision for loan and lease losses	11,355	18,030
Loss on other real estate owned	2,731	6,768
Share-based compensation expense	1,282	1,579
Payments for settlement of forward interest rate swaps	(3,552)	(1,281)
Other operating activities	(2,632)	2,725
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:
Loans held for sale, including proceeds from sales and repayments	79,718	595,662
Other assets	51,567	39,972
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(14,641)	(7,665)
Net cash provided by operating activities	192,599	707,402
Investment securities available for sale:
Purchases	(138,186)	(850,784)
Proceeds from sales		60,961
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities	123,477	162,292
Investment securities held to maturity:
Purchases	(7,965)
Proceeds from prepayments and maturities	6,705
Purchases of other investments	(1,547)	(10,219)
Decrease (increase) in loans held for investment, net of discount accretion, premium amortization and principal repayments	(830,144)	(544,163)
Purchases of premises and equipment, including equipment under operating leases	(20,659)	(8,998)
Proceeds related to sale or settlement of real estate owned	9,024	16,437
Proceeds from insured foreclosure claims	28,037	55,694
Other investing activities	(1,463)	(524)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	(832,721)	(1,119,304)
Financing Activities:
Net increase (decrease) in nonmaturity deposits	190,742	(29,536)
Net increase in time deposits	95,036	31,971
Increase (decrease) in short-term Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances	35,000	(100,000)
Proceeds from long-term FHLB advances	500,000	6,158
Repayments of long-term FHLB advances, including early extinguishment	(86,200)	(10,004)
Other financing activities	(4,714)	(5,878)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	729,864	(107,289)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents	89,742	(519,191)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Beginning of period	294,981	1,169,221
End of period	384,723	650,030
Supplemental Schedules of Noncash Investing Activities:
Loans transferred to foreclosure claims from loans held for investment	13,906	62,704
Loans transferred to foreclosure claims from loans held for sale	$ 68,591	$ 5,746

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Held to maturity securities at fair value	$ 194,867	$ 194,350
Loans held for sale at fair value	$ 672,651	$ 777,280
Common Stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common Stock, shares authorized	150,000,000	150,000,000
Common Stock, shares issued	77,994,699	75,094,375
Common Stock, shares outstanding	77,994,699	75,094,375
Series A Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred Stock, shares issued	0	186,744
Preferred Stock, shares outstanding	0	186,744
Preferred Stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Series B Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred Stock, shares issued	136,544	136,544
Preferred Stock, shares outstanding	136,544	136,544
Preferred Stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred Stock, liquidation preference, per share	$ 1,000	$ 1,000

XML

Earnings Per Share

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

10.  Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Because the Company’s Series A and Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock meet the definition of participating securities, this guidance requires the use of the Two-Class Method to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share. The Two-Class Method allocates earnings between common and participating shares. In calculating basic earnings per common share, only the portion of earnings allocated to common shares is used in the numerator. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended         March  31,
	2012		2011
Net income	$	11,846	$	9,416
Less distributed and undistributed net income allocated to participating preferred stock		(5,879)		(2,407)
Net income allocated to common shareholders	$	5,967	$	7,009
(Units in Thousands)
Average common shares outstanding		76,129		74,735
Common share equivalents:
Stock options		1,917		2,497
Nonvested stock		278		389
Average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution		78,324		77,621
Net income per common share, basic	$	0.08	$	0.09
Net income per common share, assuming dilution	$	0.08	$	0.09

On January 25, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a special cash dividend of $4,482 to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, which was paid on March 1, 2012, in order to induce conversion to shares of Common Stock. The Company has included the special cash dividend as distributed net income attributable to participating preferred stock. In addition, the Company included the Series A Preferred Stock as a participating security through the date of conversion and upon conversion, the Company included the shares in common shares outstanding.

Certain securities were antidilutive and were therefore excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Common shares attributed to these antidilutive securities had these securities been exercised or converted as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended          March 31,
	2012		2011
Stock Options		5,882,160		2,906,190

XML

Document and Entity Information	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	May 15, 2012
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	EverBank Financial Corp
Entity Central Index Key	0001502749
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2012
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2012
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		116,317,343

XML

Derivative Financial Instruments

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Derivative Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Derivative Financial Instruments

11.  Derivative Financial Instruments

The fair values of derivatives are reported in other assets, deposits, or accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The fair values are derived using the valuation techniques described in Note 12. The total notional or contractual amounts and fair values as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

				Fair Value
	Notional     Amount		Asset     Derivatives			Liability     Derivatives
March 31, 2012
Qualifying hedge contracts accounted for under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Cash flow hedges (risk management hedges):
Forward interest rate swaps	$	1,103,000	$		-	$	123,717
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Freestanding derivatives (economic hedges):
Interest rate lock commitments		1,258,192			4,902		1,117
Forward sales commitments		1,518,476			8,027		2,108
Optional forward sales commitments		269			-		1
Interest rate swaps		18,000			-		932
Foreign exchange contracts		1,070,566			8,479		8,749
Equity, foreign currency, commodity and metals indexed options		218,890			23,717		-
Options embedded in customer deposits		216,677			-		23,532
Indemnification asset		422,469			8,814		-
Total freestanding derivatives					53,939		36,439
Total derivatives			$		53,939	$	160,156

				Fair Value
	Notional       Amount		Asset    Derivatives			Liability    Derivatives
December 31, 2011
Qualifying hedge contracts accounted for under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Cash flow hedges (risk management hedges):
Forward interest rate swaps	$	1,153,000	$		-	$	133,897
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging
Freestanding derivatives (economic hedges):
Interest rate lock commitments		828,866			8,059		126
Forward sales commitments		1,278,899			1,140		13,340
Interest rate swaps		18,000			-		831
Foreign exchange contracts		1,114,838			9,494		16,293
Equity, foreign currency, commodity and metals indexed options		220,465			20,460		-
Options embedded in customer deposits		218,514			-		20,192
Indemnification assets		482,094			8,540		-
Total freestanding derivatives					47,693		50,782
Total derivatives			$		47,693	$	184,679

Cash Flow Hedges

Activity for derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Gains (losses), net of tax, recognized in AOCI (effective portion)	$	6,482	$	(3,951)
Reclassifications to interest expense (effective portion)		(1,710)		(2,029)
Pretax losses recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)		(65)		-

All changes in the value of the derivatives were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

As of March 31, 2012, AOCI included $13,561 of deferred pre-tax net losses expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions. The Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions of fixed-rate debt for a maximum of eight years.

Freestanding Derivatives

The following table shows the net losses recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 in the consolidated statements of income related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. These gains and losses are recognized in other noninterest income, except for the indemnification assets which are recognized in general and administrative expense.

		Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012			2011
Freestanding derivatives (economic hedges)
Gains (losses) on interest rate contracts	$		(11,830)	$	2,899
Gains (losses) on indemnification assets			273		(8,680)
Other			446		-
	$		(11,111)	$	(5,781)

Interest rate contracts are predominantly used as economic hedges of interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale. Other derivatives are predominantly used as economic hedges of foreign exchange, commodity, metals and equity risk.

Credit Risk Contingent Features

Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require the Company to post collateral when derivatives are in a net liability position. The provisions generally are dependent upon the Company’s credit rating based on certain major credit rating agencies or dollar amounts in a liability position at any given time which exceed specified thresholds, as indicated in the relevant contracts. In these circumstances, the counterparties could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features in a net liability position on March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $124,771 and $153,337, respectively, for which the Company posted $127,548 and $170,656, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business.

Counterparty Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If the counterparty fails to perform, counterparty credit risk equals the amount reported as derivative assets in the balance sheet. The amounts reported as derivative assets are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty, and cash collateral received. The Company minimizes this risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, and executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. The Company does not offset derivative instruments against the rights to reclaim cash collateral or the obligations to return cash collateral in the balance sheet. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company held $8,670 and $3,560, respectively, in collateral from its counterparties. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans and leases	$ 124,778	$ 122,993
Interest and dividends on investment securities	20,549	26,244
Other interest income	104	842
Total interest income	145,431	150,079
Interest Expense
Deposits	20,974	26,190
Other borrowings	8,834	10,196
Total interest expense	29,808	36,386
Net Interest Income	115,623	113,693
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses	11,355	18,030
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan and Lease Losses	104,268	95,663
Noninterest Income
Loan servicing fee income	45,556	48,876
Amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights	(44,483)	(22,788)
Net loan servicing income	1,073	26,088
Gain on sale of loans	48,177	13,477
Loan production revenue	7,437	6,407
Deposit fee income	6,239	5,160
Other lease income	8,663	6,732
Other	1,604	7,988
Total noninterest income	73,193	65,852
Noninterest Expense
Salaries, commissions and other employee benefits expense	66,590	57,373
Equipment expense	15,948	10,760
Occupancy expense	5,349	4,540
General and administrative expense	70,934	72,566
Total noninterest expense	158,821	145,239
Income before Income Taxes	18,640	16,276
Provision for Income Taxes	6,794	6,860
Net Income	11,846	9,416
Less: Net Income Allocated to Participating Preferred Stock	(5,879)	(2,407)
Net Income Allocated to Common Shareholders	$ 5,967	$ 7,009
Net Earnings per Common Share, Basic	$ 0.08	$ 0.09
Net Earnings per Common Share, Diluted	$ 0.08	$ 0.09

XML

Loans and Leases Held for Investment, Net

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Loans and Leases Held for Investment, Net [Abstract]

Loans and Leases Held for Investment, Net

5.  Loans and Leases Held for Investment, Net

Loans and leases held for investment as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are comprised of the following:

	March 31,     2012		December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	5,277,707	$	4,556,841
Commercial and commercial real estate		1,237,376		1,165,384
Lease financing receivables		605,763		588,501
Home equity lines		195,178		200,112
Consumer and credit card		7,163		8,443
Total loans and leases, net of discounts		7,323,187		6,519,281
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(78,254)		(77,765)
Total loans and leases, net	$	7,244,933	$	6,441,516

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the carrying values presented above include net purchase loan and lease discounts and net deferred loan and lease origination costs as follows:

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Net purchase loan and lease discounts	$	203,100	$	237,170
Net deferred loan and lease origination costs		20,202		19,057

Loans and Leases Acquired with Evidence of Credit Deterioration — At acquisition, the Company estimates the fair value of acquired loans and leases by segregating the portfolio into pools with similar risk characteristics. Fair value estimates for acquired loans and leases require estimates of the amounts and timing of expected future principal, interest and other cash flows. For each pool, the Company uses certain loan and lease information, including outstanding principal balance, probability of default and the estimated loss in the event of default to estimate the expected future cash flows for each loan and lease pool.

Information pertaining to the acquired portfolio of loans and leases with evidence of credit deterioration as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Bank of       Florida		Other       Acquired       Loans		Total
March 31, 2012
Carrying value, net of allowance	$	590,674	$	498,882	$	1,089,556
Outstanding unpaid principal balance or contractual net investment		653,410		519,997		1,173,407
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period		11,638		4,351		15,989
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of period		15,081		4,548		19,629

	Bank of         Florida		TCFG		Other       Acquired       Loans		Total
December 31, 2011
Carrying value, net of allowance	$	621,116	$	-	$	522,071	$	1,143,187
Outstanding unpaid principal balance or contractual net investment		685,967		-		543,240		1,229,207
Allowance for loan and lease losses, beginning of period		6,189		97		3,695		9,981
Allowance for loan and lease losses, end of year		11,638		-		4,351		15,989

The following is a summary of the accretable yield activity for the loans and leases acquired with evidence of credit deterioration during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Bank of         Florida		TCFG		Other     Acquired     Loans		Total
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	141,750	$	-	$	65,973	$	207,723
Accretion		(9,679)		-		(6,308)		(15,987)
Reclassifications (from) to accretable yield		(11,923)		-		8,463		(3,460)
Balance, March 31, 2012	$	120,148	$	-	$	68,128	$	188,276
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	198,633	$	9,745	$	44,603	$	252,981
Accretion		(12,510)		(1,666)		(2,927)		(17,103)
Reclassifications (from) to accretable yield		(1,333)		974		289		(70)
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	184,790	$	9,053	$	41,965	$	235,808

The Company recorded $3,640 and $824 in provision for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as a result of a decrease in expected cash flows on acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration.

Covered Loans and Leases — Covered loans and leases are acquired and recorded at fair value, exclusive of the loss share agreements with the FDIC and the indemnification agreement with former shareholders of TCFG. All loans acquired through the loss share agreement with the FDIC and all loans and leases acquired in the purchase of TCFG are considered covered during the applicable indemnification period.

The following is a summary of the recorded investment of major categories of covered loans and leases outstanding as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Bank of     Florida		TCFG		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages	$	74,104	$	-	$	74,104
Commercial and commercial real estate		546,358		-		546,358
Lease financing receivables		-		147,125		147,125
Home equity lines		18,424		-		18,424
Consumer and credit card		2,118		-		2,118
Total recorded investment of covered loans and leases	$	641,004	$	147,125	$	788,129
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	74,580	$	-	$	74,580
Commercial and commercial real estate		569,014		-		569,014
Lease financing receivables		-		176,125		176,125
Home equity lines		19,082		-		19,082
Consumer and credit card		2,345		-		2,345
Total recorded investment of covered loans and leases	$	665,021	$	176,125	$	841,146

XML

Loans Held for Sale

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Loans Held for Sale [Abstract]

Loans Held for Sale

4.  Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, consist of the following:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2012		2011
Residential mortgages	$	2,530,966	$	2,709,825
Commercial and commercial real estate		-		15,461
	$	2,530,966	$	2,725,286

The Company sells loans to various financial institutions, government agencies, government-sponsored enterprises, and individual investors. Currently, the Company sells a concentration of loans to government-sponsored entities. The Company does not originate, acquire or sell subprime mortgage loans.

The Company securitizes a portion of its residential mortgage loan originations through government agencies. The following is a summary of cash flows between the Company and the agencies for securitized loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Proceeds received from new securitizations	$	1,920,970	$	1,429,121
Net fees paid to agencies		11,752		11,170
Servicing fees collected		755		683
Repurchased loans		1,471		847

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company transferred $154,340 of conforming residential mortgages to Ginnie Mae (GNMA) in exchange for mortgage-backed securities, which the Company may sell in the market to third party investors for cash. As of March 31, 2012, the Company retained all of the securities backed by the transferred loans and maintained effective control over the transferred assets. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded the transfers as sales. The transferred assets are recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as loans held for sale.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company sold $4,919 of loans previously described as loans held for investment that were transferred to loans held for sale in 2011 and recognized a gain of $329, which is recorded as gain on sale of loans.

On March 31, 2012, the Company transferred $14,946 in commercial real estate loans held for sale to loans held for investment at lower of cost or market as the Company has the intent to hold these loans for the foreseeable future.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Fair Value Measurements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

12.  Fair Value Measurements

Asset and liability fair value measurements have been categorized based upon the fair value hierarchy described below:

Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets

Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets to liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including certain loans held for sale for which the Company has elected the fair value option, are as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
March 31, 2012
Financial assets:
Available for sale securities:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	-	$	87	$	-	$	87
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		-		1,929,794		-		1,929,794
Residential MBS - agency		-		308		-		308
Asset-backed securities		-		7,345		-		7,345
Equity securities		214		-		-		214
		214		1,937,534		-		1,937,748
Loans held for sale		-		672,651		-		672,651
Financial liabilities:
FDIC clawback liability		-		-		43,694		43,694
Derivative financial instruments:
Cash flow hedges (Note 11)		-		(123,717)		-		(123,717)
Freestanding derivatives (Note 11)		(270)		8,956		8,814		17,500

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
December 31, 2011
Financial assets:
Available for sale securities:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	-	$	104	$	-	$	104
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		-		1,895,818		-		1,895,818
Residential MBS - agency		-		338		-		338
Asset-backed securities		-		7,477		-		7,477
Equity securities		185		-		-		185
		185		1,903,737		-		1,903,922
Loans held for sale		-		761,818		15,462		777,280
Financial liabilities:
FDIC clawback liability		-		-		43,317		43,317
Derivative financial instruments:
Cash flow hedges (Note 11)		-		(133,897)		-		(133,897)
Freestanding derivatives (Note 11)		(6,799)		(4,830)		8,540		(3,089)

Changes in assets and liabilities measured at Level 3 fair value on a recurring basis for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Loans Held     for Sale (1)		Clawback     Liability (2)		Freestanding Derivatives (3)
Balance, January 1, 2012	$	15,462	$	(43,317)	$	8,539
Settlements		(623)		-		-
Transfers out of Level 3		(14,946)		-		-
Total gains (losses) for the period:
Included in earnings		107		(377)		275
Balance, March 31, 2012	$	-	$	(43,694)	$	8,814
Change in unrealized net gains (losses) included in net income related to assets still held as of March 31, 2012	$	107	$	(377)	$	275
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	15,136	$	(39,311)	$	8,950
Purchases		-		-		1,375
Issues		-		-		(1,376)
Settlements		(77)		-		3
Total gains (losses) for the period:
Included in earnings		(10)		(317)		(8,731)
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	15,049	$	(39,628)	$	221
Change in unrealized net gains (losses) included in net income related to assets still held as of March 31, 2011	$	(10)	$	(317)	$	(8,481)

(1) Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on loans held for sale are included in gain on sale of loans.

(2) Changes in fair value of the FDIC clawback liability are recorded in general and administrative expense.

(3) With the exception of changes in the indemnification assets and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on freestanding derivatives are included in other noninterest income. Changes in the fair value of the indemnification assets are recorded in general and administrative expense.

The Company monitors the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy. Changes in economic conditions or model-based valuation techniques may require the transfer of financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the Company reports the transfer at the end of the reporting period.

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2012:

Level 3 Assets	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Inputs	Significant Unobservable Input Value
FDIC clawback liability	$	43,694	Discounted cash flow	Servicing cost	$6,126 - $13,834 (1)
Indemnification asset	$	8,814	Discounted cash flow	Reinstatement rate	5.87% - 67.30% (2)
				Loss duration	8-48 months (2)
				Loss severity	2.01% - 10.99% (2)

(1)	The range represents the sum of the highest and lowest servicing cost values for all tranches that we use in our valuation process. The servicing cost represents 1% of projected unpaid principal balance (UPB) of the underlying loans.
(2)	The range represents the sum of the highest and lowest values for all tranches that we use in our valuation process.

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the FDIC clawback liability is the servicing cost. Significant increases (decreases) in this input in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The Company estimates the fair value of the FDIC clawback liability using a discounted cash flow model. The Company enters observable and unobservable inputs into the model to arrive at fair value. Changes in the estimate are primarily driven by changes in the interpolated discount rate (an observable input) and changes in servicing cost as a result of changes in projected UPB. The assumptions are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis by management.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the indemnification asset are the reinstatement rate, loss severity and duration. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. The reinstatement rate is determined by analyzing historical default activity of similar loans, while the loss severity is estimated through the spread between the note and debenture rate of the government insured loans as well as advanced costs that are not reimbursable, which is then extrapolated over the expected duration. The Company’s portfolio management is responsible for analyzing and updating the assumptions and cash flow model of the underlying loans on a quarterly basis, which includes corroboration with historical experience.

Loans Held for Sale Accounted for under the Fair Value Option

Following is information on loans held for sale reported under the fair value option at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Total		Nonaccrual
March 31, 2012
Fair value carrying amount	$	672,651	$	-
Aggregate unpaid principal balance		653,145		-
Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal	$	19,506	$	-
December 31, 2011
Fair value carrying amount	$	777,280	$	2,129
Aggregate unpaid principal balance		747,667		2,466
Fair value carrying amount less aggregate unpaid principal	$	29,613	$	(337)

Differences between the fair value carrying amount and the aggregate unpaid principal balance include changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding and premiums or discounts on acquired loans.

The net gain from initial measurement of the above loans and subsequent changes in fair value was $64,709 and $15,815 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is included in gain on sale of loans. An immaterial portion of the change in fair value was attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk.

Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and therefore are not included in the tables above. These measurements primarily result from assets carried at the lower of cost or fair value or from impairment of individual assets. The carrying value of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and held at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and related loss amounts are as follows:

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total		Losses
March 31, 2012
Collateral-dependent loans	$	-	$	-	$	12,005	$	12,005	$	2,555
Mortgage servicing rights		-		-		420,327		420,327		15,144
Other real estate owned		-		2,234		8,300		10,534		3,064
December 31, 2011
Loans held for sale	$	-	$	13,010	$	-	$	13,010	$	1,385
Collateral-dependent loans		-		-		62,183		62,183		11,831
Mortgage servicing rights		-		-		445,195		445,195		39,455
Other real estate owned		-		-		46,578		46,578		10,389

The Company records loans considered to be impaired at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell. Fair value is measured as the fair value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans. Other real estate owned is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts above reflect the fair value of the impaired mortgage servicing rights strata as of March 31, 2012. The above losses represent write-downs to fair value subsequent to initial classification.

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at March 31, 2012:

Level 3 Assets	Fair Value		Valuation     Technique		Unobservable         Inputs		Significant         Unobservable          Input Value
Collateral-dependent       loans	$	12,005		Sales comparison approach		Appraisal value adjustment		5.0 - 50.0% (1)
Other real estate       owned	$	8,300		Sales comparison approach		Appraisal value adjustment		5.0 - 50.0% (1)
Mortgage servicing       rights	$	420,327		Discounted cash flow		Prepayment speed		13.9 - 17.8% (2)
						Discount rate		9.2 - 9.8% (3)

(1)	The range represents the highest and lowest values of adjustments to appraisal values for real estate properties and dependent loans subject to fair value measurement, according to the third party appraisals that we use in our valuation process.
(2)	Prepayment speed is based on an annualized loan prepayment rate and market assumptions. The range represents the highest and lowest values for the impaired MSR stratum.
(3)	The discount rate range represents the highest and lowest values for the impaired MSR stratum.

The Company estimates the fair value of collateral-dependent and OREO loans using the sales comparison approach. Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, a member of the valuation services group reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal. To assess the reasonableness of the fair value, the valuation services group compares the assumptions to independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics.

The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is determined by using a discounted cash flow model to calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The assumptions are a combination of market and Company specific data. On a quarterly basis, the portfolio management group compares the Company’s estimated fair value of the mortgage servicing rights to a third-party valuation as part of the valuation process. Discussions are held between executive management and the independent third-party to discuss the key assumptions used by the respective parties in arriving at those estimates.

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amount, fair value, and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. This table excludes financial instruments with a short-term or without a stated maturity, prevailing market rates and limited credit risk, where carrying amounts approximate fair value. For financial assets such as cash and due from banks, FHLB restricted stock, and other investments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. For financial liabilities such as noninterest-bearing demand, interest-bearing demand, and savings and money market deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value as these liabilities have no stated maturity.

	March 31, 2012
	Carrying         Amount		Estimated         Fair Value		Level          1		Level          2		Level          3
Financial assets:
Investment securities:
Held to maturity	$	190,642	$	194,867	$	-		$       194,867	$	-
Loans held for sale (1)		1,858,315		1,941,626		-		1,941,626		-
Loans held for investment (2)		6,642,514		6,693,052		-		-		6,693,052
Financial liabilities:
Time deposits	$	2,799,879	$	2,834,467	$	-		$    2,834,467	$	-
Other borrowings		1,706,298		1,666,840		-		1,666,840		-
Trust preferred securities		103,750		70,841		-		-		70,841

	December 31,         2011
	Carrying         Amount		Estimated         Fair Value
Financial assets:
Investment securities:
Held to maturity	$	189,518	$	194,350
Loans held for sale		2,725,286		2,811,917
Loans held for investment (2)		5,856,781		5,862,053
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	10,265,763	$	10,299,977
Other borrowings		1,257,879		1,215,209
Trust preferred securities		103,750		71,597

(1) The carrying value of loans held for sale excludes $672,651 in loans measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2012

(2) The carrying value of loans held for investment is net of the allowance for loan loss of $74,910 and $73,999 as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, the carrying values exclude $602,419 and $584,735 of lease financing receivables as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not carried at fair value:

Investment Securities — Fair values are derived from quoted market prices and values from third party pricing services for which management understands the methods used to determine fair value and is able to assess the values. The Company also performs an assessment on the pricing of investment securities received from third party pricing services to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of pricing methodologies and trends. The Company has the ability to challenge values and discuss its analysis with the third party pricing service provider in order to ensure that investments are recorded at the appropriate fair value.

When the level and volume of trading activity for certain securities has significantly declined and/or when the Company believes that third party pricing may be based in part on forced liquidations or distressed sales, the Company analyzes each security for the appropriate valuation methodology based on a combination of the market approach reflecting third party pricing information and a discounted cash flow approach. In calculating the fair value derived from the income approach, the Company makes certain significant assumptions in addition to those discussed above related to the liquidity risk premium, specific non-performance and default experience in the collateral underlying the security. The values resulting from each approach (i.e., market and income approaches) are weighted to derive the final fair value for each security trading in an inactive market. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, management did not make adjustments to the prices provided by the third party pricing service as a result of illiquid or inactive markets.

Loans Held for Sale — Fair values for loans held for sale valued under fair value option were derived from quoted market prices or from models using loan characteristics (product type, pricing features and loan maturity dates) and economic assumptions (prepayment estimates and discount rates) based on prices currently offered in secondary markets for similar loans.

Fair values for loans carried at lower of cost or fair value were derived from models using characteristics of the loans (e.g., product type, pricing features and loan maturity dates) and economic assumptions (e.g., prepayment estimates, discount rates and estimated credit losses).

Loans Held for Investment — The fair value of loans held for investment is derived from discounted cash flows and includes an evaluation of the collateral and underlying loan characteristics, as well as assumptions to determine the discount rate such as credit loss and prepayment forecasts, and servicing costs.

Impaired Loans — At the time a loan is considered impaired, it is valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally receive specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses. For collateral-dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. 

Other Real Estate Owned — Foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Foreclosed assets are adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Fair value is generally based upon appraisals or independent market prices that are periodically updated subsequent to classification as OREO. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

Mortgage Servicing Rights — Mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis. If the carrying amount of an individual stratum exceeds fair value, impairment is recorded on that stratum so that the servicing asset is carried at fair value. In addition, a third-party valuation is obtained quarterly. The servicing portfolio has been valued using all relevant positive and negative cash flows including servicing fees; miscellaneous income and float; costs of servicing; the cost of carry of advances; foreclosure losses; and applying certain prevailing assumptions used in the marketplace. Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Time Deposits — The fair value of fixed rate certificates of deposit is estimated using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates and spreads to generate continuous yield or pricing curves, and volatility factors. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third party pricing services. The Company considers the impact of its own credit spreads in the valuation of these liabilities. The credit risk is determined by reference to observable credit spreads in the secondary cash market.

Other Borrowings — For advances that bear interest at a variable rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. For fixed-rate advances and repurchase agreements, fair value is estimated using quantitative discounted cash flow models that require the use of interest rate inputs that are currently offered for fixed-rate advances and repurchase agreements of similar remaining maturities. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third party pricing services. For hybrid advances, fair value is obtained from an FHLB proprietary model mathematical approximation of the market value of the underlying hedge. The terms of the hedge are similar to the advances.

Trust Preferred Securities — Fair value is estimated using quantitative models, including discounted cash flow models that require the use of multiple market inputs including interest rates and spreads to generate pricing curves. The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market transactions and third party pricing services. The Company interpolates its own credit spreads in the valuation of these liabilities. Due to the significance of the credit spread in the valuation inputs, trust preferred securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

FDIC Clawback Liability — The fair value of the FDIC clawback liability represents the net present value of expected true-up payments due 45 days after the fifth and tenth anniversary of the closing of the Bank of Florida acquisition pursuant to the purchase and assumption agreements between the Company and the FDIC. On the true-up measurement dates, the Company is required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC in an amount equal to 50% of the excess, if any, of (1) 20% of the intrinsic loss estimate (an established figure by the FDIC) less (2) the sum of (a) 25% of the asset discount, (part of the Company’s bid) plus (b) 25% of the cumulative loss share payments plus (c) a 1% servicing fee based on the principal amount of the covered assets over the term (calculated annually based on the average principal amount at the beginning and end of each year and then summed up for a total fee included in the calculation). The liability was discounted using an estimated cost of debt capital, based on an interpolated cost of debt capital of banks with credit quality comparable to the Company’s (using USD US Bank (BBB) BFV Curve index). This liability is considered to be contingent consideration as it requires the return of a portion of the initial consideration in the event contingencies are met. Contingent consideration is re-measured each reporting period at fair value with changes reflected in other noninterest income until the contingency is resolved. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, FDIC clawback liability is classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Cash Flow Hedges — The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by a third party from a derivative valuation model. The inputs for the valuation model primarily include start and end swap dates, swap coupon, interest rate curve and notional amounts. See Note 11 for additional information on cash flow hedges.

Freestanding Derivatives — Fair values of interest rate lock commitments are derived by using valuation models incorporating current market information or by obtaining market or dealer quotes for instruments with similar characteristics, subject to anticipated loan funding probability or fallout. The fair value of forward sales and optional forward sales commitments is determined based upon the difference between the settlement values of the commitments and the quoted market values of the securities. Fair values of foreign exchange contracts are based on quoted prices for each foreign currency at the balance sheet date. For indexed options and embedded options, the fair value is determined by obtaining market or dealer quotes for instruments with similar characteristics. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined by a derivative valuation model and obtained from a third party. The inputs for the valuation model primarily include start and end swap dates, swap coupon, interest rate curve and notional amounts. The Company uses a cash flow model to project cash flows for GNMA pool buyouts with and without recourse to determine the fair value for the indemnification asset. Counterparty credit risk is taken into account when determining fair value. See Note 11 for additional information on freestanding derivatives.

XML

Shareholders' Equity

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

8.  Shareholders’ Equity

Initial Public Offering — On May 8, 2012, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 22,103,000 shares of its common stock, par value of $0.01 per share (the Common Stock), in its initial public offering of Common Stock (the Offering), including 2,883,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares from the Company, at a price to the public of $10.00 per share. The shares were offered pursuant to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $198,700 from the Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Preferred Stock — On January 25, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a special cash dividend of $4,482 to the holders of the Series A 6% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock), which was paid on March 1, 2012. As a result of the special cash dividend, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 2,801,160 shares of Common Stock.

Immediately prior to the completion of the Offering, the 136,544 shares of outstanding Series B 4% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock automatically converted into 15,964,644 shares of Common Stock.

Common Stock — At March 31, 2012, there were 150,000,000 shares of Common Stock authorized, and 77,994,699 shares issued and outstanding. Following the Offering, there were 500,000,000 shares authorized and 116,317,343 shares issued and outstanding.

XML

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses [Abstract]

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

6.  Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
			Commercial							Consumer
			and		Lease			Home		and
	Residential		Commercial		Financing			Equity		Credit
	Mortgages		Real Estate		Receivables			Lines		Card		Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	43,454	$	28,209	$	3,766	$		2,186	$	150	$	77,765
Provision for loan and lease losses		3,836		5,308		723			1,493		(5)		11,355
Charge-offs		(6,694)		(2,294)		(1,181)			(1,108)		(11)		(11,288)
Recoveries		143		168		36			61		14		422
Balance, end of period	$	40,739	$	31,391	$	3,344	$		2,632	$	148	$	78,254
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
			Commercial							Consumer
			and		Lease			Home		and
	Residential		Commercial		Financing			Equity		Credit
	Mortgages		Real Estate		Receivables			Lines		Card		Total
Balance, beginning of period	$	46,584	$	33,490	$	2,454	$		10,907	$	254	$	93,689
Change in estimate		10,154		(682)		(802)			(6,323)		(440)		1,907
Provision for loan and lease losses		9,770		3,231		1,570			1,217		335		16,123
Charge-offs		(9,238)		(9,088)		(2,096)			(2,172)		(2)		(22,596)
Recoveries		5		522		8			1		-		536
Balance, end of period	$	57,275	$	27,473	$	1,134	$		3,630	$	147	$	89,659

The following tables provide a breakdown of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in loans and leases based on the method for determining the allowance as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
					Loans and Leases
	Individually		Collectively		Acquired with
	Evaluated for		Evaluated for		Deteriorated
	Impairment		Impairment		Credit Quality		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages	$	7,702	$	27,377	$	5,660	$	40,739
Commercial and commercial real estate		5,445		11,977		13,969		31,391
Lease financing receivables		-		3,344		-		3,344
Home equity lines		-		2,632		-		2,632
Consumer and credit card		-		148		-		148
	$	13,147	$	45,478	$	19,629	$	78,254

	Loans and Leases Held for Investment at Recorded Investment
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Loans and Leases Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages	$	92,684	$	4,595,525	$	589,498	$	5,277,707
Commercial and commercial real estate		127,204		590,485		519,687		1,237,376
Lease financing receivables		-		605,763		-		605,763
Home equity lines		-		195,178		-		195,178
Consumer and credit card		-		7,163		-		7,163
	$	219,888	$	5,994,114	$	1,109,185	$	7,323,187
	Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Loans and Leases Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality		Total
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	7,436	$	30,554	$	5,464	$	43,454
Commercial and commercial real estate		6,021		11,663		10,525		28,209
Lease financing receivables		-		3,766		-		3,766
Home equity lines		-		2,186		-		2,186
Consumer and credit card		-		150		-		150
	$	13,457	$	48,319	$	15,989	$	77,765
	Loans and Leases Held for Investment at Recorded Investment
	Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Loans and Leases Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality		Total
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages	$	90,927	$	3,852,119	$	613,795	$	4,556,841
Commercial and commercial real estate		142,360		477,643		545,381		1,165,384
Lease financing receivables		-		588,501		-		588,501
Home equity lines		-		200,112		-		200,112
Consumer and credit card		-		8,443		-		8,443
	$	233,287	$	5,126,818	$	1,159,176	$	6,519,281

The Company uses a risk grading matrix to monitor credit quality for commercial and commercial real estate loans. Risk grades are continuously monitored and updated quarterly by credit administration personnel based on current information and events. The Company monitors the quarterly credit quality of all other loan types based on performing status.

The following tables present the recorded investment for loans and leases by credit quality indicator as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Performing		Non-     performing		Total
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	4,412,462	$	71,485	$	4,483,947
Government insured pool buyouts		632,329		161,431		793,760
Lease financing receivables		603,901		1,862		605,763
Home equity lines		191,408		3,770		195,178
Consumer and credit card		6,590		573		7,163
	$	5,846,690	$	239,121	$	6,085,811
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
March 31, 2012
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial	$	197,324	$	187	$	13,170	$	4,589	$	215,270
Commercial real estate		635,513		97,516		289,077		-		1,022,106
	$	832,837	$	97,703	$	302,247	$	4,589	$	1,237,376
	Performing		Non- performing		Total
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	3,655,884	$	71,658	$	3,727,542
Government insured pool buyouts		649,391		179,908		829,299
Lease financing receivables		586,116		2,385		588,501
Home equity lines		195,861		4,251		200,112
Consumer and credit card		8,024		419		8,443
	$	5,095,276	$	258,621	$	5,353,897

	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total
December 31, 2011
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial	$	151,473	$	1,527	$	18,279	$	4,136	$	175,415
Commercial real estate		639,883		78,385		270,656		1,045		989,969
	$	791,356	$	79,912	$	288,935	$	5,181	$	1,165,384

The following tables present an aging analysis of the recorded investment for loans and leases by class as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days and Greater		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans Held for Investment Excluding ASC 310-30
March 31, 2012
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	15,812	$	5,187	$	71,485	$	92,484	$	4,255,959	$	4,348,443
Government insured pool buyouts		20,277		12,976		161,431		194,684		145,081		339,765
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		75		90		4,512		4,677		184,345		189,022
Commercial real estate		5,436		950		45,718		52,104		476,564		528,668
Lease financing receivables		2,026		1,362		979		4,367		601,396		605,763
Home equity lines		2,568		533		3,770		6,871		188,307		195,178
Consumer and credit card		191		94		243		528		6,635		7,163
	$	46,385	$	21,192	$	288,138	$	355,715	$	5,858,287	$	6,214,002
December 31, 2011
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	16,966	$	12,673	$	71,658	$	101,297	$	3,487,525	$	3,588,822
Government insured pool buyouts		23,396		17,909		179,908		221,213		133,011		354,224
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		-		32		10,751		10,783		137,216		147,999
Commercial real estate		2,117		4,450		48,611		55,178		416,826		472,004
Lease financing receivables		3,394		971		962		5,327		583,174		588,501
Home equity lines		1,953		498		4,251		6,702		193,410		200,112
Consumer and credit card		106		50		233		389		8,054		8,443
	$	47,932	$	36,583	$	316,374	$	400,889	$	4,959,216	$	5,360,105

Impaired Loans — Impaired loans include loans identified as troubled loans as a result of a borrower’s financial difficulties and other loans on which the accrual of interest income is suspended. The Company continues to collect payments on certain impaired loan balances on which accrual is suspended.

The following tables present the recorded investment and the related allowance for impaired loans as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Related Allowance		Recorded Investment		Related Allowance
With an allowance recorded:
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	68,278	$	7,702	$	74,189	$	7,436
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		3,032		432		4,697		779
Commercial real estate		33,626		5,013		37,189		5,242
	$	104,936	$	13,147	$	116,075	$	13,457
	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	Recorded Investment		Related Allowance		Recorded Investment		Related Allowance
Without a related allowance recorded:
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	24,406	$	-	$	16,738	$	-
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		5,826		-		9,814		-
Commercial real estate		84,720		-		90,661		-
	$	114,952	$	-	$	117,213	$	-

The following table presents the average investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2012				March 31, 2011
	Average Investment		Interest Income Recognized		Average Investment		Interest Income Recognized
With and without a related allowance recorded:
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	91,806	$	660	$	75,605	$	523
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		11,685		23		1,344		11
Commercial real estate		123,098		558		171,892		346
	$	226,589	$	1,241	$	248,841	$	880

The following table presents the recorded investment for loans and leases on nonaccrual status by class and loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
			Greater than				Greater than
			90 Days				90 Days
	Nonaccrual		Past Due		Nonaccrual		Past Due
	Status		and Accruing		Status		and Accruing
Residential mortgages:
Residential	$	71,485	$	-	$	71,658	$	-
Government insured pool buyouts		-		161,431		-		179,908
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		7,107		-		12,294		-
Commercial real estate		82,478		-		86,772		-
Lease financing receivables		1,862		-		2,385		-
Home equity lines		3,770		-		4,251		-
Consumer and credit card		573		-		419		-
	$	167,275	$	161,431	$	177,779	$	179,908

Troubled Debt Restructurings — Modifications considered to be TDRs are individually evaluated for credit loss based on a discounted cash flow model using the loan’s effective interest rate at the time of origination. The discounted cash flow model used in this evaluation is adjusted to reflect the modified loan’s elevated probability of future default based on the Company’s historical redefault rate. These loans are classified as nonaccrual and have been included in the Company’s impaired loan disclosures in the tables above. A loan is considered to redefault when it is 30 days past due. Once a modified loan demonstrates a consistent period of performance under the modified terms, generally six months, the Company returns the loan to an accrual classification. If, however, a modified loan defaults under the terms of the modified agreement, the Company measures the allowance for loan and lease losses based on the fair value of collateral less cost to sell.

The following is a summary of information relating to modifications considered to be TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2012
			Pre-		Post-
			modification		modification
	Number of		Recorded		Recorded
	Contracts		Investment		Investment
Residential mortgages:
Residential		16	$	6,014	$	6,021
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		3		3,035		3,035
Commercial real estate		6		8,241		8,241
		25	$	17,290	$	17,297

Modifications made to residential loans during the period included extension of original contractual maturity date, extension of the period of below market rate interest only payments, or contingent reduction of past due interest. Commercial loan modifications made during the period included extension of original contractual maturity date, payment forbearance, reduction of interest rates, or extension of interest only periods.

The number of contracts and recorded investment of loans that were modified during the last 12 months and subsequently defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2012 are as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
	Number of Contracts		Recorded Investment
Residential mortgages:
Residential		8	$	2,222
Commercial and commercial real estate:
Commercial		3		1,802
Commercial real estate		1		98
		12	$	4,122

The recorded investment of TDRs as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are summarized as follows:

	March 31,		December 31,
	2012		2011
Loan Type:
Residential mortgages	$	92,684	$	90,927
Commercial and commercial real estate		51,067		61,481
	$	143,751	$	152,408
Accrual Status:
Current	$	88,379	$	85,905
30-89 days past-due accruing		4,423		6,723
90+ days past-due accruing		-		-
Nonaccrual		50,949		59,780
	$	143,751	$	152,408
TDRs classified as impaired loans	$	143,751	$	152,408
Valuation allowance on TDRs		9,016		9,743

XML

Servicing Activities and Mortgage Servicing Rights

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Servicing Activities and Mortgage Servicing Rights [Abstract]

Servicing Activities and Mortgage Servicing Rights

7.  Servicing Activities and Mortgage Servicing Rights

A summary of MSR activities for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Balance, beginning of period	$	489,496	$	573,196
Originated servicing rights capitalized upon sale of loans		18,529		19,616
Amortization		(29,339)		(22,788)
Impairment		(15,144)		-
Other		(1,122)		(1,379)
Balance, end of period	$	462,420	$	568,645
Valuation Allowance:
Balance, beginning of period	$	39,455
Impairment		15,144
Balance, end of period	$	54,599

For loans securitized and sold for the three months ended March 31, 2012 with servicing retained, management used the following assumptions to determine the fair value of MSR at the date of securitization:

	March 31,              2012
Average discount rates	8.60%	-	9.14%
Expected prepayment speeds	10.13%	-	14.62%
Weighted average life in years	5.46	-	6.70

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company estimated the fair value of its capitalized MSR to be approximately $462,427 and $494,547, respectively. The unpaid principal balance below includes $5,367,000 and $5,248,000 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, for loans with no related MSR basis.

The characteristics used in estimating the fair value of the loan servicing portfolio at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Unpaid principal balance	$	51,896,000	$	53,066,000
Gross weighted-average coupon		4.95%		4.98%
Weighted-average servicing fee		0.31%		0.31%
Estimated prepayment speed		16.07%		12.74%

A sensitivity analysis of the Company’s fair value of mortgage servicing rights to hypothetical adverse changes of 10% and 20% to the weighted average of certain key assumptions as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is presented below.

	March 31,     2012		December 31,     2011
Prepayment Rate
10% adverse rate change	$	25,917	$	26,955
20% adverse rate change		49,957		51,872
Discount Rate
10% adverse rate change		17,499		18,306
20% adverse rate change		33,750		35,336

In the previous table, the effect of a variation in a specific assumption on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumptions. This analysis typically cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of a change in one key assumption to the change in the fair value of the Company’s mortgage servicing rights usually is not linear. The effect of changing one key assumption will likely result in the change of another key assumption which could impact the sensitivities.

Components of loan servicing fee income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented below:

	Three Months Ended     March 31,
	2012		2011
Contractually specified service fees, net	$	35,385	$	38,050
Other ancillary fees		9,619		10,327
Other		552		499
	$	45,556	$	48,876

XML

Income Taxes

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

9.  Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company’s effective income tax rate of 36.4% differs from the statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes. For the three months ending March 31, 2011, the Company’s effective income tax rate of 42.1% differs from the statutory federal income tax rate primarily due to state income taxes and a $691 increase to income tax expense for the revaluation of the net unrealized built-in losses associated with the Tygris acquisition.

XML

Segment Information

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Segment Information [Abstract]

Segment Information

14.  Segment Information

The Company has three reportable segments: Banking and Wealth Management, Mortgage Banking, and Corporate Services. The Company’s reportable business segments are strategic business units that offer distinctive products and services marketed through different channels. These segments are managed separately because of their marketing and distribution requirements.

The Banking and Wealth Management segment includes all banking, lending and investing products and services offered to customers either over the web or telephone or through financial centers or financial advisors. Activity relating to both the TCFG and Bank of Florida acquisitions has been included in the Banking and Wealth Management segment.

The Mortgage Banking segment includes the origination and servicing of mortgage loans and focuses primarily on residential loans for purposes of resale to government-sponsored enterprises, institutional investors or for investment by the Banking and Wealth Management segment.

The Corporate Services segment consists of services provided to the Banking and Wealth Management and Mortgage Banking segments including executive management, technology, legal, human resources, marketing, corporate development, treasury, accounting, finance and other services and transaction-related items. Direct expenses are allocated to the operating segments; unallocated expenses are included in Corporate Services. Certain other expenses, including interest expense on trust preferred debt and transaction-related items, are included in the Corporate Services segment.

The chief operating decision maker’s review of each segment’s performance is based on segment income, which is defined as income from operations before income taxes and certain corporate allocations. Additionally, total net revenue is defined as net interest income before provision for loan and lease losses and total noninterest income.

Intersegment revenue among the Company’s business units reflects the results of a funds transfer pricing (FTP) process, which takes into account assets and liabilities with similar interest rate sensitivity and maturity characteristics and reflects the allocation of net interest income related to the Company’s overall asset and liability management activities. This provides for the creation of an economic benchmark, which allows the Company to determine the profitability of the Company’s products and cost centers, by calculating profitability spreads between product yields and internal references. However, business segments have some latitude to retain certain interest rate exposures related to customer pricing decisions within guidelines.

FTP serves to transfer interest rate risk to the Treasury function through a transfer pricing methodology and cost allocating model. The basis for the allocation of net interest income is a function of the Company’s methodologies and assumptions that management believes are appropriate to accurately reflect business segment results. These factors are subject to change based on changes in current interest rates and market conditions.

The results of each segment are reported on a continuing basis. The following table presents financial information of reportable segments as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. The Eliminations column includes intersegment eliminations required for consolidation purposes.

	As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
	Banking and Wealth Management			Mortgage Banking			Corporate Services		Eliminations		Consolidated
Net interest income (expense)	$	106,545		$	10,496		$	(1,418)	$	-	$	115,623
Total net revenue		131,773			58,369	(1)		(1,326)		-		188,816
Intersegment revenue		(2,624)			2,624			-		-		-
Depreciation and amortization		6,391			586			1,827		-		8,804
Income before income taxes		61,833			(14,522)	(1)		(28,671)		-		18,640
Total assets		12,494,752			1,438,744			92,381		(251,056)		13,774,821
	As of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
	Banking and Wealth     Management			Mortgage   Banking			Corporate   Services		Eliminations		Consolidated
Net interest income (expense)	$	105,925		$	9,422		$	(1,654)	$	-	$	113,693
Total net revenue		121,831			54,660			3,055		-		179,546
Intersegment revenue		(2,256)			2,256			-		-		-
Depreciation and amortization		2,558			558			1,342		-		4,458
Income before income taxes		44,865	(2)		(353)			(28,236)		-		16,276
Total assets		10,654,475			1,332,606			113,093		(210,811)		11,889,363

(1) Segment earnings in the Mortgage Banking segment included a $15,144 charge for MSR impairment.

(2) Segment earnings in the Banking and Wealth Management segment included an $8,680 charge for the write off of the remaining Tygris indemnification asset.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net Income	$ 11,846	$ 9,416
Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on Debt Securities
Reclassification of unrealized gains to earnings		(2,739)
Unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value	21,286	(10,172)
Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) (noncredit portion), net of accretion		502
Tax effect	(8,029)	4,552
Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on debt securities	13,257	(7,857)
Changes in Interest Rate Swaps for the Period:
Net unrealized gains due to changes in fair value	6,628	4,887
Reclassification of unrealized losses to earnings	1,710	2,029
Tax effect	(3,042)	(2,410)
Changes in interest rate swaps	5,296	4,506
Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	18,553	(3,351)
Total Comprehensive Income	$ 30,399	$ 6,065

XML

Investment Securities

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Investment Securities [Abstract]

Investment Securities

3.  Investment Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities with gross unrealized gains and losses were as follows as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Carrying Amount
March 31, 2012
Available for sale:
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO) securities - agency	$	80	$	7	$	-	$	87	$	87
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		1,931,621		22,276		24,103		1,929,794		1,929,794
Residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS) - agency		291		17		-		308		308
Asset-backed securities (ABS)		10,556		-		3,211		7,345		7,345
Equity securities		77		137		-		214		214
		1,942,625		22,437		27,314		1,937,748		1,937,748
Held to maturity:
Residential CMO securities - agency		151,919		5,275		-		157,194		151,919
Residential MBS - agency		28,263		1,427		67		29,623		28,263
Corporate securities		10,460		-		2,410		8,050		10,460
		190,642		6,702		2,477		194,867		190,642
	$	2,133,267	$	29,139	$	29,791	$	2,132,615	$	2,128,390
December 31, 2011
Available for sale:
Residential CMO securities - agency	$	96	$	8	$	-	$	104	$	104
Residential CMO securities - nonagency		1,919,046		17,609		40,837		1,895,818		1,895,818
Residential MBS agency		317		21		-		338		338
Asset-backed securities (ABS)		10,573		-		3,096		7,477		7,477
Equity securities		77		108		-		185		185
		1,930,109		17,746		43,933		1,903,922		1,903,922
Held to maturity:
Residential CMO securities - agency		159,882		6,029		78		165,833		159,882
Residential MBS - agency		19,132		1,464		-		20,596		19,132
Corporate securities		10,504		-		2,583		7,921		10,504
		189,518		7,493		2,661		194,350		189,518
	$	2,119,627	$	25,239	$	46,594	$	2,098,272	$	2,093,440

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, investment securities with a carrying value of $515,483 and $543,705, respectively, were pledged to secure other borrowings, public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there were neither gross gains nor gross losses realized on available for sale investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, gross gains of $2,739 and zero losses were realized on available for sale investments in other noninterest income. The cost of investments sold is calculated using the specific identification method.

The gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and the length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

													Other-Than- Temporary Impairment
	Less Than 12 Months				12 Months or Greater				Total				(OTTI)
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Realized Losses
March 31, 2012
Debt securities:
Residential CMO securities - nonagency	$	526,918	$	9,054	$	266,131	$	15,049	$	793,049	$	24,103	$	-
Residential MBS - agency		10,333		67		-		-		10,333		67		-
Asset-backed securities		-		-		7,345		3,211		7,345		3,211		-
Corporate securities		-		-		8,050		2,410		8,050		2,410		-
Total debt securities	$	537,251	$	9,121	$	281,526	$	20,670	$	818,777	$	29,791	$	-
December 31, 2011
Debt securities:
Residential CMO securities - nonagency	$	573,928	$	16,646	$	226,507	$	24,191	$	800,435	$	40,837	$	-
Residential CMO securities - agency		6,224		78		-		-		6,224		78		-
Asset-backed securities		-		-		7,477		3,096		7,477		3,096		-
Corporate securities		-		-		2,404		2,583		2,404		2,583		685
Total debt securities	$	580,152	$	16,724	$	236,388	$	29,870	$	816,540	$	46,594	$	685

The Company had unrealized losses at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 on residential CMO securities, MBS, ABS and corporate securities. These unrealized losses are primarily attributable to market conditions. Based on the nature of impairment, these unrealized losses are considered temporary. The Company does not intend to sell nor is it more likely than not that it will be required to sell these investments before their anticipated recovery.

At March 31, 2012, the Company had 68 debt securities in an unrealized loss position. A total of 34 were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. These 34 consisted of 32 nonagency residential CMO securities and 2 agency residential MBS. Of these, 57% in amortized cost attained credit ratings of A or better. The remaining 34 debt securities were in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer. These 34 securities consisted of three ABS, one corporate security and 30 nonagency residential CMO securities. Of these debt securities in an unrealized loss position, 24% in amortized cost had credit ratings of A or better.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had 71 debt securities in an unrealized loss position. A total of 42 were in an unrealized loss position for less than 12 months, all of which were residential CMO securities. Of these, 84% in amortized cost had credit ratings of A or better. The remaining 29 debt securities were in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer. These 29 securities consisted of three ABS, one corporate security and 25 nonagency residential CMO securities. Of these 25 nonagency securities, 68% in amortized cost had credit ratings of A or better.

In assessing whether these securities were impaired, the Company performed cash flow analyses that projected prepayments, default rates and loss severities on the collateral supporting each security. If the net present value of the investment is less than the amortized cost, the difference would be recognized in earnings as a credit-related impairment, while the remaining difference between the fair value and the amortized cost is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). The Company recognized credit-related OTTI losses of $0 and $685 in other noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily due to a continued decline in the collateral value of a corporate security.

There were no OTTI losses recognized on AFS and HTM securities during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Information regarding impairment related to credit loss recognized on securities in other noninterest income and impairment related to all other factors recognized in AOCI for the three months ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:

Debt securities:	Impairment Related to Credit Loss		Impairment Related to All Other Factors			Total       Impairment
Balance, January 1, 2011	$	3,354	$	502		$	3,856
Additional charges on securities for which OTTI was previously recognized		685		(499	)		186
Reduction for securities on which a reduction in value was taken against earnings (1)		(4,039)		-			(4,039)
Accretion of impairment related to all other factors		-		(3)			(3)
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	-	$	-		$	-

(1) The value for these securities for which impairment is related to credit loss were written to a zero value during 2011 reflecting that the Company does not anticipate the ability to collect cash flows on these investments at any point in the future. This reduction in value was taken through earnings and thus, is reflected in the rollforward as a reduction of the credit loss balance to zero.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, interest and dividend income on investment securities is comprised of the following:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2012		2011
Interest income on available for sale securities	$	18,871	$	25,628
Interest income on held to maturity securities		1,400		372
Other interest and dividend income		278		244
	$	20,549	$	26,244

All interest income recognized by the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is taxable.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2012

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

13.  Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments — Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined contractual provisions. These commitments, predominantly at variable interest rates, are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, as commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

The Company issues standby letters of credit, which are conditional commitments to third parties to provide credit support on behalf of certain of the Company’s customers. The credit risk and potential cash requirements involved in issuing standby letters of credit are essentially the same as those involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

Unfunded credit extension commitments at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	March 31, 2012		December 31, 2011
Loan and lease commitments	$	151,511	$	108,631
Home equity lines of credit		40,010		45,345
Credit card lines of credit		27,916		26,807
Commercial lines of credit		103,240		68,158
Standby letters of credit		3,766		6,428
	$	326,443	$	255,370

The Company has an agreement with the Jacksonville Jaguars of the National Football League whereby the Company obtained the naming rights to the football stadium in Jacksonville, Florida. Under the agreement, the Company is obligated to pay $400 during the remainder of 2012. The amount due in 2013 is $3,308 and the amount increases 5% in 2014.

Guarantees — The Company sells and securitizes conventional conforming and federally insured single-family residential mortgage loans predominantly to government-sponsored entities (GSEs), such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The Company also sells residential mortgage loans, primarily those that do not meet criteria for whole loan sales to GSEs, through whole loan sales to private non-GSE purchasers. In doing so, representations and warranties regarding certain attributes of the loans are made to the GSE or the third-party purchaser. Subsequent to the sale, if it is determined that the loans sold are (1) with respect to the GSEs, in breach of these representations or warranties or (2) with respect to non-GSE purchasers, in material breach of these representations and warranties, the Company generally has an obligation to either: (a) repurchase the loan for the UPB, accrued interest and related advances, (b) indemnify the purchaser or (c) make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of the loan. From 2004 through March 31, 2012, the Company originated and securitized approximately $19,406,000 of mortgage loans to GSEs. During the same time period, the Company originated and sold approximately $25,033,000 of mortgage loans to private non-GSE purchasers. A majority of the loans sold to non-GSEs were agency deliverable products that were eventually sold by large aggregators of agency product who eventually securitized and sold to the agencies.

In some cases, the Company also has an obligation to repurchase loans in the event of early payment default (EPD), which is typically triggered if a borrower does not make the first several payments due after the loan has been sold to an investor. The Company’s private investors have agreed to waive EPD provisions for conventional conforming and federally insured single-family residential mortgage loans and certain jumbo loan products. However, the Company is subject to EPD provisions on the community reinvestment loans the Company originates and sells under the State of Florida housing program, which represents a minimal amount of total originations.

The Company’s obligations vary based upon the nature of the repurchase demand and the current status of the mortgage loan. The Company establishes reserves for estimated losses inherent in the Company’s origination of mortgage loans. In estimating the accrued liability for loan repurchase and make-whole obligations, the Company estimates probable losses inherent in the population of all loans sold based on trends in claims requests and actual loss severities experienced. The liability includes accruals for probable contingent losses in addition to those identified in the pipeline of repurchase or make-whole requests. There is additional inherent uncertainty in the estimate because the Company historically sold a majority of its loans servicing released and currently does not have servicing performance metrics on a majority of the loans it originated and sold. The estimation process is designed to include amounts based on actual losses experienced from actual repurchase activity. The baseline for the repurchase reserve uses historical loss factors that are applied to loan pools originated in 2003 through March 31, 2012 and sold in years 2004 through March 31, 2012. Loss factors, tracked by year of loss, are calculated using actual losses incurred on repurchase or make-whole arrangements. The historical loss factors experienced are accumulated for each sale vintage (year loan was sold) and are applied to more recent sale vintages to estimate inherent losses not yet realized. The Company’s estimated recourse related to these loans was $35,000 and $32,000 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

In the ordinary course of its loan servicing activities, the Company routinely initiates actions to foreclose real estate securing serviced loans. For certain serviced loans, there are provisions in which the Company is either obligated to fund foreclosure-related costs or to repurchase loans in default. Additionally, as servicer, the Company could be obligated to repurchase loans from or indemnify GSEs for loans originated by defunct originators. The outstanding principal balance on loans serviced at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, was $51,896,000 and $53,066,000, respectively, including residential mortgage loans held for sale. The amount of estimated recourse recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to servicing activities at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, was approximately $30,427 and $30,364, respectively.

In connection with the sale of its 68 percent interest in EverBank Reverse Mortgage LLC (EBRM) in 2008, the Company agreed to indemnify the buyer for future obligations related to the originated loans, potential litigation and certain other matters. On the date of the sale, the Company deposited $3,400 in escrow for its share of the aggregate liability. As of March 31, 2012, the Company’s maximum exposure is $1,882; however, the Company has estimated a liability of its future obligation in the amount of $500.

Within the Company’s brokerage business, the Company has contracted with a third party to provide clearing services that include underwriting margin loans to its customers. This contract stipulates that the Company will indemnify the third party for any loan losses that occur in issuing margin loans to its customers. The maximum potential future payment under this indemnification was $1,032 and $801 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. No payments have been made under this indemnification in the past. As these margin loans are highly collateralized by the securities held by the brokerage clients, the Company has assessed the probability of making such payments in the future as remote. This indemnification would end with the termination of the clearing contract.

Operating Leases — In December 2011, the Company entered into an 11 year lease agreement for approximately 269,168 square feet of office space located in downtown Jacksonville, Florida. The Company expects to take occupancy of the premises in June 2012, and at that time, the Company will recognize total rental expense for minimum lease payments of $46,278 on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Federal Reserve Requirement — The Federal Reserve Board (FRB) requires certain institutions, including EB, to maintain cash reserves in the form of vault cash and average account balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve requirement is based on average deposits outstanding and was approximately $101,315 and $102,454 at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Legal Actions — During late 2010, the Company was subject to a horizontal review examination conducted by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) of the governance practices employed in the foreclosure process of the Company and other industry participants. As a result of this horizontal review, the OTS has issued consent orders to servicers subject to this review, including the Company, stipulating certain practices that servicers will agree to prospectively to enhance their servicing operations. The outcome of these processes could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions, as well as significant legal costs in responding to governmental examinations and additional litigation for the Company. The consent orders do not provide for monetary penalties, but the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) (as successor to the OTS) reserves the right to impose monetary penalties at a later date.

In addition, other government agencies, including state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice, continue to investigate various mortgage related practices of the Company and other major mortgage servicers. The Company continues to cooperate with these investigations. These investigations could result in material fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including requiring default servicing or other process changes), or other enforcement actions, as well as significant legal cost in responding to governmental investigations and additional litigation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date in which financial statements are available to be issued and currently, the Company is unable to estimate any loss that may result from penalties imposed by the OCC or other governmental agencies and hence, no amounts have been accrued.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely involved in various claims and legal actions. In light of the uncertainties involved in these government proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Company.